diff options
80 files changed, 8244 insertions, 385 deletions
diff --git a/bin/bbackupctl/bbackupctl.cpp b/bin/bbackupctl/bbackupctl.cpp index 3795cbed..fdd67d5e 100644 --- a/bin/bbackupctl/bbackupctl.cpp +++ b/bin/bbackupctl/bbackupctl.cpp @@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ #include "Box.h" -#include <stdio.h> +#include <cstdio> +#include <cstdlib> #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H #include <unistd.h> diff --git a/bin/bbackupd/bbackupd-config.in b/bin/bbackupd/bbackupd-config.in index 16ddb75c..a88749fc 100755 --- a/bin/bbackupd/bbackupd-config.in +++ b/bin/bbackupd/bbackupd-config.in @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Usage: working-dir [backup directories] Parameters: - config-dir is usually @sysconfdir_expanded@/box + config-dir is usually @sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup backup-mode is lazy or snapshot: lazy mode runs continously, uploading files over a specified age snapshot mode uploads a snapshot of the filesystem when instructed @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ __E } # default locations -my $default_config_location = '@sysconfdir_expanded@/box/bbackupd.conf'; +my $default_config_location = '@sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf'; # command line parameters my ($config_dir,$backup_mode,$account_num,$server,$working_dir,@tobackup) = @ARGV; diff --git a/bin/bbackupobjdump/bbackupobjdump.cpp b/bin/bbackupobjdump/bbackupobjdump.cpp index 74fff510..5b6c44f7 100644 --- a/bin/bbackupobjdump/bbackupobjdump.cpp +++ b/bin/bbackupobjdump/bbackupobjdump.cpp @@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ #include "Box.h" -#include <stdio.h> +#include <cstdio> +#include <cstring> #include "MainHelper.h" #include "FileStream.h" diff --git a/bin/bbackupquery/bbackupquery.cpp b/bin/bbackupquery/bbackupquery.cpp index c9d6b715..0098953f 100644 --- a/bin/bbackupquery/bbackupquery.cpp +++ b/bin/bbackupquery/bbackupquery.cpp @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ #endif #include <errno.h> -#include <stdio.h> +#include <cstdio> +#include <cstdlib> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H #include <sys/types.h> diff --git a/bin/bbstoreaccounts/bbstoreaccounts.cpp b/bin/bbstoreaccounts/bbstoreaccounts.cpp index 6f079d30..1f10d04b 100644 --- a/bin/bbstoreaccounts/bbstoreaccounts.cpp +++ b/bin/bbstoreaccounts/bbstoreaccounts.cpp @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ #include "MemLeakFindOn.h" +#include <cstring> + // max size of soft limit as percent of hard limit #define MAX_SOFT_LIMIT_SIZE 97 diff --git a/bin/bbstored/BackupConstants.h b/bin/bbstored/BackupConstants.h index 515b3bcd..52ae7583 100644 --- a/bin/bbstored/BackupConstants.h +++ b/bin/bbstored/BackupConstants.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ #ifndef BACKUPCONSTANTS__H #define BACKUPCONSTANTS__H -#define BACKUP_STORE_DEFAULT_ACCOUNT_DATABASE_FILE "/etc/box/backupstoreaccounts" +#define BACKUP_STORE_DEFAULT_ACCOUNT_DATABASE_FILE "/etc/boxbackup/backupstoreaccounts" // 15 minutes to timeout (milliseconds) #define BACKUP_STORE_TIMEOUT (15*60*1000) diff --git a/bin/bbstored/BackupStoreDaemon.cpp b/bin/bbstored/BackupStoreDaemon.cpp index 28e28176..56e9375b 100644 --- a/bin/bbstored/BackupStoreDaemon.cpp +++ b/bin/bbstored/BackupStoreDaemon.cpp @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ void BackupStoreDaemon::Run() SetProcessTitle("housekeeping, idle"); whichSocket = 1; // Change the log name - ::openlog("bbstored/hk", LOG_PID, LOG_LOCAL6); + ::openlog("bbstored/hk", LOG_PID, LOG_DAEMON); // Log that housekeeping started BOX_INFO("Housekeeping process started"); // Ignore term and hup diff --git a/bin/bbstored/bbstored-config.in b/bin/bbstored/bbstored-config.in index 33cfb39a..83bb25a3 100755 --- a/bin/bbstored/bbstored-config.in +++ b/bin/bbstored/bbstored-config.in @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Usage: bbstored-config config-dir server-hostname username [raidfile-config] Parameters: - config-dir is usually @sysconfdir_expanded@/box + config-dir is usually @sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup server-hostname is the hostname that clients will use to connect to this server username is the user to run the server under @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ __E } # default locations -my $default_config_location = '@sysconfdir_expanded@/box/bbstored.conf'; +my $default_config_location = '@sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup/bbstored.conf'; # command line parameters my ($config_dir,$server,$username,$raidfile_config) = @ARGV; diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess index 0773d0f6..0f0fe712 100755 --- a/config.guess +++ b/config.guess @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. -timestamp='2004-03-03' +timestamp='2007-03-06' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -17,13 +18,15 @@ timestamp='2004-03-03' # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +# 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + # Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>. # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. @@ -53,7 +56,7 @@ version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO @@ -66,11 +69,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information." while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) - echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) - echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. @@ -104,7 +107,7 @@ set_cc_for_build=' trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; - { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || + { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; @@ -123,7 +126,7 @@ case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; -esac ;' +esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) @@ -158,6 +161,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; + sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched @@ -196,64 +200,23 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" - exit 0 ;; - amd64:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - arc:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - cats:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo arm-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - macppc:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - pegasos:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - pmax:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - sun3:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; - wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; *:ekkoBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + *:SolidBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) - echo powerppc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) @@ -306,40 +269,43 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - exit 0 ;; - Alpha*:OpenVMS:*:*) - echo alpha-hp-vms - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead # of the specific Alpha model? echo alpha-pc-interix - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 - exit 0;; + exit ;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + *:z/VM:*:*) + echo s390-ibm-zvmoe + exit ;; *:OS400:*:*) echo powerpc-ibm-os400 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0;; + exit ;; + arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) + echo arm-unknown-riscos + exit ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp - exit 0;; + exit ;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then @@ -347,32 +313,32 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) echo sparc-icl-nx6 - exit 0 ;; - DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*) + exit ;; + DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in - sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;; + sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; esac ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) @@ -381,10 +347,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 @@ -396,10 +362,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor @@ -410,40 +376,40 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; m68k:machten:*:*) echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c @@ -467,32 +433,33 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in exit (-1); } EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \ - && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ - && exit 0 + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && + dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && + SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-motorola-powermax - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` @@ -508,29 +475,29 @@ EOF else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. - echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id - exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' + echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id + exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` @@ -538,7 +505,7 @@ EOF IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then eval $set_cc_for_build @@ -553,14 +520,18 @@ EOF exit(0); } EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 - echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 + if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` + then + echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 + fi elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:AIX:*:[45]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then @@ -574,28 +545,28 @@ EOF IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to - exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 + exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in @@ -657,9 +628,19 @@ EOF esac if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] then - # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build - test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build - if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null + eval $set_cc_for_build + + # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating + # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler + # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: + # + # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess + # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 + # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess + # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 + + if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | + grep __LP64__ >/dev/null then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else @@ -667,11 +648,11 @@ EOF fi fi echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c @@ -699,163 +680,182 @@ EOF exit (0); } EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) - echo nv1-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit 0 ;; + echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) - # Determine whether the default compiler uses glibc. - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #include <features.h> - #if __GLIBC__ >= 2 - LIBC=gnu - #else - LIBC= - #endif -EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` - # GNU/KFreeBSD systems have a "k" prefix to indicate we are using - # FreeBSD's kernel, but not the complete OS. - case ${LIBC} in gnu) kernel_only='k' ;; esac - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-${kernel_only}freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`${LIBC:+-$LIBC} - exit 0 ;; + case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in + pc98) + echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + amd64) + echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + *) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + esac + exit ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin - exit 0 ;; - i*:MINGW*:*) + exit ;; + *:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + i*:windows32*:*) + # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 + exit ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 - exit 0 ;; - x86:Interix*:[34]*) - echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//' - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + *:Interix*:[3456]*) + case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in + x86) + echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + EM64T | authenticamd) + echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + esac ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? echo i586-pc-interix - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin + exit ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + avr32*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; cris:Linux:*:*) echo cris-axis-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + crisv32:Linux:*:*) + echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu + exit ;; + frv:Linux:*:*) + echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + m32r*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; mips:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c @@ -872,8 +872,12 @@ EOF #endif #endif EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` - test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 + eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' + /^CPU/{ + s: ::g + p + }'`" + test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build @@ -891,15 +895,22 @@ EOF #endif #endif EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` - test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 + eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' + /^CPU/{ + s: ::g + p + }'`" + test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; + or32:Linux:*:*) + echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; @@ -913,7 +924,7 @@ EOF objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in @@ -921,25 +932,31 @@ EOF PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + vax:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu + exit ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + xtensa:Linux:*:*) + echo xtensa-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent @@ -957,15 +974,15 @@ EOF ;; a.out-i386-linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; coff-i386) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; "") # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or # one that does not give us useful --help. echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf eval $set_cc_for_build @@ -982,7 +999,7 @@ EOF LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif #else - #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER + #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) LIBC=gnu #else LIBC=gnuaout @@ -992,16 +1009,23 @@ EOF LIBC=dietlibc #endif EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` - test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0 - test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 + eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' + /^LIBC/{ + s: ::g + p + }'`" + test x"${LIBC}" != x && { + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" + exit + } + test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. echo i386-sequent-sysv4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... @@ -1009,27 +1033,27 @@ EOF # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos - exit 0 ;; - i*86:syllable:*:*) + exit ;; + i*86:syllable:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then @@ -1037,15 +1061,16 @@ EOF else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi - exit 0 ;; - i*86:*:5:[78]*) + exit ;; + i*86:*:5:[678]*) + # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name` @@ -1063,73 +1088,73 @@ EOF else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) echo m68k-convergent-sysv - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) echo m68k-diab-dnix - exit 0 ;; - M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*) - test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; - 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0) + exit ;; + M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) + test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; + 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ - && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;; + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;; + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` @@ -1137,68 +1162,81 @@ EOF else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> echo i586-unisys-sysv4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + i*86:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos + exit ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. echo powerpc-apple-beos - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:Darwin:*:*) - case `uname -p` in - *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;; - powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then @@ -1206,22 +1244,25 @@ EOF UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) echo mips-compaq-nonstopux - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) echo bs2000-siemens-sysv - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 @@ -1232,31 +1273,47 @@ EOF UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:TENEX:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tenex - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-dec-tops20 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; + *:*VMS:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; + I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; + V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; + esac ;; + *:XENIX:*:SysV) + echo i386-pc-xenix + exit ;; + i*86:skyos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' + exit ;; + i*86:rdos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos + exit ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 @@ -1288,7 +1345,7 @@ main () #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) - printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0); + printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) @@ -1377,11 +1434,12 @@ main () } EOF -$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0 +$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } # Apollos put the system type in the environment. -test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; } +test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) @@ -1390,22 +1448,22 @@ then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd - exit 0 ;; + exit ;; esac fi @@ -1416,7 +1474,9 @@ This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize the operating system you are using. It is advised that you download the most up to date version of the config scripts from - ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/ + http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess +and + http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please send the following data and any information you think might be @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. -timestamp='2004-02-23' +timestamp='2007-01-18' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software @@ -21,14 +22,15 @@ timestamp='2004-02-23' # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +# 02110-1301, USA. +# # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # @@ -70,7 +72,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO @@ -83,11 +85,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information." while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) - echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) - echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. @@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo $1 - exit 0;; + exit ;; * ) break ;; @@ -118,8 +120,9 @@ esac # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in - nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \ - kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ + uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ + storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; @@ -145,7 +148,7 @@ case $os in -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ - -apple | -axis) + -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; @@ -170,6 +173,10 @@ case $os in -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; + -sco6) + os=-sco5v6 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` @@ -186,6 +193,10 @@ case $os in # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; + -sco5v6*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` @@ -230,14 +241,16 @@ case $basic_machine in | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ - | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \ + | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ + | bfin \ | c4x | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ - | fr30 | frv \ + | fido | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ - | m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \ + | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ + | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ @@ -246,6 +259,7 @@ case $basic_machine in | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ + | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ @@ -254,20 +268,24 @@ case $basic_machine in | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ + | mt \ | msp430 \ + | nios | nios2 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ - | openrisc | or32 \ + | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ | pyramid \ - | sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | score \ + | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ - | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ - | strongarm \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ + | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ + | spu | strongarm \ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ | v850 | v850e \ | we32k \ - | x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \ + | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ | z8k) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; @@ -278,6 +296,9 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) ;; + ms1) + basic_machine=mt-unknown + ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and @@ -297,20 +318,20 @@ case $basic_machine in | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ - | avr-* \ - | bs2000-* \ + | avr-* | avr32-* \ + | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ - | clipper-* | cydra-* \ + | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ | elxsi-* \ - | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ - | m32r-* \ + | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ - | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \ + | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ @@ -319,6 +340,7 @@ case $basic_machine in | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ + | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ @@ -326,24 +348,28 @@ case $basic_machine in | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ + | mmix-* \ + | mt-* \ | msp430-* \ - | none-* | np1-* | nv1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ + | nios-* | nios2-* \ + | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ | pyramid-* \ | romp-* | rs6000-* \ - | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \ + | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ - | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \ - | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ + | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ + | sparclite-* \ + | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ | tron-* \ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ - | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \ - | xtensa-* \ + | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ + | xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \ | ymp-* \ | z8k-*) ;; @@ -445,6 +471,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=j90-cray os=-unicos ;; + craynv) + basic_machine=craynv-cray + os=-unicosmp + ;; cr16c) basic_machine=cr16c-unknown os=-elf @@ -452,6 +482,9 @@ case $basic_machine in crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; + crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) + basic_machine=crisv32-axis + ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; @@ -481,6 +514,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; + djgpp) + basic_machine=i586-pc + os=-msdosdjgpp + ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx @@ -659,10 +696,6 @@ case $basic_machine in mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; - mmix*) - basic_machine=mmix-knuth - os=-mmixware - ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff @@ -675,6 +708,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; + ms1-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` + ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs @@ -743,10 +779,6 @@ case $basic_machine in np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; - nv1) - basic_machine=nv1-cray - os=-unicosmp - ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; @@ -754,9 +786,8 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf ;; - or32 | or32-*) + openrisc | openrisc-*) basic_machine=or32-unknown - os=-coff ;; os400) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm @@ -787,6 +818,12 @@ case $basic_machine in pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; + pc98) + basic_machine=i386-pc + ;; + pc98-*) + basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; @@ -843,6 +880,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; + rdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-rdos + ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff @@ -869,6 +910,10 @@ case $basic_machine in sb1el) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown ;; + sde) + basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde + os=-elf + ;; sei) basic_machine=mips-sei os=-seiux @@ -880,6 +925,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; + sh5el) + basic_machine=sh5le-unknown + ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; @@ -1029,6 +1077,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; + xbox) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-mingw32 + ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; @@ -1059,6 +1111,9 @@ case $basic_machine in romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; + mmix) + basic_machine=mmix-knuth + ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; @@ -1075,13 +1130,10 @@ case $basic_machine in we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; - sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) + sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; - sh64) - basic_machine=sh64-unknown - ;; - sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) + sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) @@ -1154,20 +1206,23 @@ case $os in | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ - | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ + | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ - | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ + | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ - | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly*) + | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ + | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) @@ -1185,7 +1240,7 @@ case $os in os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ - | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ + | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) @@ -1294,6 +1349,9 @@ case $os in -kaos*) os=-kaos ;; + -zvmoe) + os=-zvmoe + ;; -none) ;; *) @@ -1316,6 +1374,12 @@ else # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in + score-*) + os=-elf + ;; + spu-*) + os=-elf + ;; *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; @@ -1325,9 +1389,9 @@ case $basic_machine in arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; - c4x-* | tic4x-*) - os=-coff - ;; + c4x-* | tic4x-*) + os=-coff + ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) os=-tops20 @@ -1353,6 +1417,9 @@ case $basic_machine in m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; + mep-*) + os=-elf + ;; mips*-cisco) os=-elf ;; @@ -1371,9 +1438,15 @@ case $basic_machine in *-be) os=-beos ;; + *-haiku) + os=-haiku + ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; + *-knuth) + os=-mmixware + ;; *-wec) os=-proelf ;; @@ -1539,7 +1612,7 @@ case $basic_machine in esac echo $basic_machine$os -exit 0 +exit # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) diff --git a/contrib/debian/bbackupd.in b/contrib/debian/bbackupd.in index 78d4f4ee..656ea8bb 100644 --- a/contrib/debian/bbackupd.in +++ b/contrib/debian/bbackupd.in @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ # Start and stop the Box Backup client daemon. BBACKUPD=@bindir_expanded@/bbackupd -CONFIG=@sysconfdir_expanded@/box/bbackupd.conf +CONFIG=@sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf PIDFILE=@localstatedir_expanded@/bbackupd.pid test -x $BBACKUPD || exit 0 diff --git a/contrib/debian/bbstored.in b/contrib/debian/bbstored.in index da6a50a0..37839ca9 100644 --- a/contrib/debian/bbstored.in +++ b/contrib/debian/bbstored.in @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ # Start and stop the Box Backup server daemon. BBSTORED=@bindir_expanded@/bbstored -CONFIG=@sysconfdir_expanded@/box/bbstored.conf +CONFIG=@sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup/bbstored.conf PIDFILE=@localstatedir_expanded@/bbstored.pid test -x $BBACKUPD || exit 0 diff --git a/debian/NEWS b/debian/NEWS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11dadefa --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +boxbackup (0.11~rc1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + The following notes have been copied from the boxbackup trac wiki at + http://www.boxbackup.org/trac/wiki/011?format=txt + +== Changes in This Release == + + * Fixed some bugs with backing up, restoring and comparing [#2 files over 2GB] in compressed size. + * Added new logging infrastructure, allows more control over whether messages are sent to the console or system logs, and at what level of detail. + * Changed keepalive and diff timers to run in real time, not CPU time. + * Enable KeepAlive time by default on new installations, set to 120 seconds. + * Added bbackupctl commands for improved scripting of syncs. + * Fixed a bug with restoring symlinks to directories outside of the backed-up location (thanks to Hans-Joachim Baader) + * Ported unit tests for Windows. + * Added full unit tests for keep-alives and diff timer on most platforms. + * Fixed a number of bugs in the Windows port. + * Added option to send Extended Logs to a file instead of to system logs. + * Added option to log all file access, for debugging when a file is not backed up or causes the backup to fail mysteriously. + * Improved error messages to identify the causes of some errors which were difficult to track down before. + * Added bbackupd option to set the length of time before unused locations are deleted. + * Changed default location of bbackupd.conf on Windows to the same directory as bbackupd.exe. + * Fixed a bug where bbstoreaccounts could modify an account while it was locked by a running backup. + * Improved command-line option handling. + * Added command-line help (-h option) to bbackupd and bbstored. + * Add a new -F option for daemons, which runs in the foreground but still accepts multiple connections, which is what SINGLEPROCESS used to do. + * Fixed compare of timestamps on filesystems which cannot set them more accurately than 1 second. + * Added new backup-start and backup-finish events to the NotifyScript, which can be used to implement more advanced functionality such as snapshotting databases. + * Added a new sample NotifySysAdmin script for Windows, written by James O'Gorman in VBscript. + * Added support for multiple Box Backup (bbackupd) services on Windows, with different service names and named pipe names, to implement redundancy. + * Fixed bbackupd mysteriously failing to back up if one of the location paths did not exist. + * Fixed entering of international characters into bbackupquery on Windows (instructions) and Unixes with editline. + * Improve Makefiles by reducing verbosity during build, so that any errors and warnings can be seen more easily. + * Added saving of the list of unused root directory entries to the StoreObjectInfoFile, so that they will persist across restarts of bbackup (thanks to Gary Niemcewicz). + * Updated built-in documentation (program manuals, installation guide and administrator's guide). + * Improved build targets (thanks to James O'Gorman). + +== Upgrading == + +Upgrade all clients and servers to [wiki:010 0.10] first. + +Remove any Windows services before upgrading (with `bbackupd -r`) and reinstall after upgrading (with `bbackupd -i`). + +New logging options (LogAllFileAccess, ExtendedLogging and [wiki:ManualPages command-line options]) are useful but not required. To use LogAllFileAccess you need to start the daemon with the `-V` option as well. + +The protocol is the same, so it shouldn't require the store server to be updated at the same time as the clients, or even fix the order of updating them. We would recommend that you upgrade the store server first, and then the clients one at a time. + +You might want to either regenerate their configs, or look at the difference between a fresh config and their current one, to enable some useful options like KeepAliveTime (which is enabled by default in new installations) and to think about enabling StoreObjectInfoFile. + +Most syslog messages have changed their format, so any scripts which parse syslog will have to be updated. + +Anyone using SINGLEPROCESS in anger (e.g. to run bbstored as a managed service under daemontools or similar) should shoot themselves quietly in the foot and prepare to change it to '''-F''' after the upgrade. (this was never a documented option, and now behaves a little differently). + +If you have problems with large files (over 2GB compressed) not being backed up, restored or compared, you will need to delete them from the store server to fix them properly. You can do this before or after upgrading, but if they are uploaded again by the 0.10 client then the problem will not be solved. + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sun, 20 Jan 2008 21:13:08 +0100 + +boxbackup (0.10-1) unstable; urgency=low + +This Package has been initially prepared and mantained by Jérôme Schell +since 2004 in a private repository. I like the software, and decided to +take it over in order to have it in Debian. Please note that I'm +actively looking for co-maintainers, so do not hesitate to get a copy of +my bzr branch and share your commits with me. + +The only major change has been to drop the boxbackup-utils package. It +contained only one single command to manage certificates. It has been +moved to the boxbackup-server package. + +The complete debconf integration has been written by Jérôme. It works +for me quite well. If it doesn't for you, please file a bug and CC +Jérôme to that bugreport. Thanks. + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 25 Apr 2007 18:06:04 +0200 diff --git a/debian/README.Debian b/debian/README.Debian new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ad55934 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/README.Debian @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +Quick setup guide for boxbackup system +-------------------------------------- + +NOTE: The debian package should handle most of the configuration +for you via debconf. + +However this is a quick guide if you prefer to do this by +yourself. + +If you want to use debconf to configure Boxbackup, do NOT follow +those explanations. Jump directly to the section on Managing certificates + +Boxbackup-server configuration +------------------------------ + +You need to create the server configuration files contained in +/etc/boxbackup. + +For this you must first use the raidfile-config script. + +raidfile-config /etc/boxbackup 2048 /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2 + +where: +- /etc/boxbackup is the location of the configuration files (don't + change that as several scripts use that by default) +- 2048 is the block size of the RAID system, this should be set to + the block size of the underlying filesystem +- the three following path names are the location of the 3 RAID partitions + used by boxbackup to store the backup. They should be on 3 different + physical drive. You can disable the use of userland RAID by specifying + only one path name. + +You should now have a file /etc/boxbackup/raidfile.conf that you can +customize to add another set of disc. + +Now run the bbstored-config script: + +bbstored-config /etc/boxbackup serverhostname bbstored + +where: +- /etc/boxbackup is the location of the configuration files (don't + change that as several scripts use that by default). +- serverhostname is the fqdn name of the server you are installing on, + this is used to determine on wich interface the daemon will listen on. +- bbstored is the user the server will run under, this user is automatically + created by the Debian package. + +Now you have to manage your certificate. See below for this. + +To manage the client accounts use the bbstoreaccounts utility. +To add an account: +bbstoreaccounts create ACCOUNT_NUMBER DISC_SET SOFT_QUOTA HARD_QUOTA + +where: +- ACCOUNT_NUMBER is the account number to create, a 8 digits hexadecimal number. +- DISC_SET is a disc set number defined in /etc/boxbackup/raidfile.conf where the + files for that account will go into. +- SOFT_QUOTA is the soft storage quota size, the client will avoid to upload files + when reaching that limit +- HARD_QUOTA is the hard storage quota size, the server will not store files when + reaching that limit. + +An exemple of invocation: +bbstoreaccounts create 1EF235CA 0 1024M 1250M +(suffixes M, G and B are accepted for quota size meaning respectively Megabytes, +Gigabytes and Blocks) + +Boxbackup-client configuration +------------------------------ + +You need to create the client configuration files contained in +/etc/boxbackup. + +For this you must use the bbackupd-config script. + +bbackupd-config /etc/boxbackup lazy ACCOUNT_NUMBER SERVER_NAME /var/lib/bbackupd BACKUP_DIR [[BACKUP_DIR]...] + +where: +- /etc/boxbackup is the location of the configuration files (don't + change that as several scripts use that by default). +- lazy: backup mode, could be lazy (continuous scan of filesystem) or + snapshot (backup launch by a cron script, see /etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) +- ACCOUT_NUMBER: your account number provided by the backup server administrator +- SERVER_NAME is the fqdn name of the server you will connect to. +- /var/lib/bbackupd: location of working directory (don't change) +- BACKUP_DIR: a list of directories to backup (they must not contain another + mounted filesystem) + + +Managing certificates +--------------------- + +For this you need to use the bbstored-certs script contained in the +boxbackup-server package. + +To initialise your CA (creates a "ca" directory with private key and certificate in it) launch: +bbstored-certs ca init + +To sign a server certificate: +bbstored-certs ca sign-server server-csr.pem + +To sign a client certificate: +bbstored-certs ca sign clientaccount-csr.pem + +You will find a more detailled documentation on the boxbackup Web site: +http://www.fluffy.co.uk/boxbackup/ + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de>, Wed, 25 Apr 2007 18:04:01 +0200 diff --git a/debian/bbackupctl.8 b/debian/bbackupctl.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6521f6a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/bbackupctl.8 @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH bbackupctl 8 "Oct 9, 2005" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +bbackupctl \- control command of the client daemon of the Box Backup system +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bbackupctl +.RI "[-q] [-c config_file] command" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B bbackupctl +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +\fbbbackupctl\fP can be used to send commands to the client daemon of the Box +Backup system. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B -q +Run in quiet mode. Reduce the output of the program. +.TP +.B -c config_file +Use an alternate configuration file instead of the default one. +.TP +.B command +.RS +.TP +.B sync +Start the synchronization with the remote store. The goal is mainly to +implement snapshot mode backup. When the daemon is configured to run is +this mode, this command is used to launch the synchronization via a cron job. +.TP +.B force-sync +Force the start of the synchronization with the remote store, even if +the return value of the script indicated by the config file parameter +SyncAllowScript says not to run the sync. +.TP +.B reload +Tell the daemon to reload its configuration file. +.TP +.B terminate +Terminate the daemon. +.TP +.B wait-for-sync +Wait until the next synchronization start, then exit the command. With this you +can obtain a synchronous backup, when the command exits you know that the +remote store is in sync with your local data (be careful that recently +modified files will not be immediatly uploaded to the store, see MinimumFileAge +and MaxUploadWait config file parameters). +.SH FILES +.TP +.I /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf +Default configuration file for bbackupctl. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupd (8), +.BR bbackupquery (8), +.BR bbackupd-config (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by J\['e]r\[^o]me Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://www.fluffy.co.uk/boxbackup/) +for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). diff --git a/debian/bbackupd-config.8 b/debian/bbackupd-config.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4e58cf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/bbackupd-config.8 @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH bbackupd-config 8 "Oct 10, 2005" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +bbackupd-config \- utility to configure the client daemon of the Box Backup system +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bbackupd-config +.RI "config_file backup_mode account_number server_hostname working_directory backup_directory [backup_directory...]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B bbackupd-config +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and +.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invode bold face and italics, +.\" respectively. +\fbbbackupd-config\fP can be used to generate the configuration for the client daemon +of the Box Backup system, bbackupd. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B config_file +Location of the generated configuration. Generally /etc/boxbackup. +.TP +.B backup_mode +The general behavior of the backup daemon: +.RS +.TP +.B lazy +In this mode the daemon will scan the backup directories at regular +interval looking for modified files. Only files over a certain age will +be uploaded to the remote store. +.TP +.B snapshot +In this mode the daemon will upload a snapshot of the backup directories +when it is told to do it. Manual or cron invocation via bbackupctl is +necessary for backup to occur. +.RE +.TP +.B account_number +The hexadecimal number of the account you are configuring (provided by the +remote server administrator). +.TP +.B server_hostname +Name of the backup server hosting the remote store. +.TP +.B working_directory +The directory containing management files of the client daemon. Generally /var/lib/bbackupd. +.TP +.B backup_directory +Directory to backup. Multiple directories can be specified separated by white spaces. Be +careful not to specify directories containing other mount points, this could affect +the efficiency of the backup. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupd (8), +.BR bbackupctl (8), +.BR bbackupquery (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by J\['e]r\[^o]me Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://www.fluffy.co.uk/boxbackup/) +for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). diff --git a/debian/bbackupd.8 b/debian/bbackupd.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..342fdf83 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/bbackupd.8 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH bbackupd 8 "Oct 9, 2005" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +bbackupd \- client daemon of the Box Backup system +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bbackupd +.RI "config_file [SINGLEPROCESS]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B bbackupd +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and +.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invode bold face and italics, +.\" respectively. +\fbbbackupd\fP is the client daemon of the Box Backup system. It runs in +the background, periodically scanning the file system looking for modified +files. It then uploads them to the remote store according to parameters +defined in its config file. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B config_file +Path to the configuration file for bbackupd. +.TP +.B SINGLEPROCESS +For test purpose only. Prevent the daemon to fork in the background and to detach from the terminal. +.SH FILES +.TP +.I /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf +Default configuration file for bbackupd. +.TP +.I /var/lib/bbackupd +Location of management files of the daemon. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupctl (8), +.BR bbackupquery (8), +.BR bbackupd-config (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by J\['e]r\[^o]me Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://www.fluffy.co.uk/boxbackup/) +for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). diff --git a/debian/bbackupquery.8 b/debian/bbackupquery.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..167abde0 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/bbackupquery.8 @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH bbackupquery 8 "Oct 10, 2005" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +bbackupquery \- utility to execute queries on a remote Box Backup store +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bbackupquery +.RI "[-q] [-c config_file] [commands...]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B bbackupquery +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and +.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invode bold face and italics, +.\" respectively. +\fbbbackupquery\fP can be used to perform operation on a remote Box Backup +store. It can naviguate through the remote store tree, list or retrieve last +or old revisions of files and directories, get quota usage for the account +and compare remote and local data. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B -q +Run in quiet mode. Reduce the output of the program. +.TP +.B -c config_file +Use an alternate configuration file instead of the default one. +.TP +.B commands +Commands to run on the server. If no command is specified, bbackupquery +will enter interactive mode where commands can be entered at the prompt. +In interactive mode, issuing "help [command]" will display additionnal +options supported by each command. +.sp 1 +Available commands are: +.RS +.TP +.B list, ls +Display a listing of files and directories of the current working directory. +.TP +.B cd +Change directory in the remote tree. +.TP +.B pwd +Print current remote directory. +.TP +.B lcd +Change directory in the local tree. +.TP +.B sh +Execute a shell command on the local side. +.TP +.B get +Retrieve a file from the store to the local filesystem. +.TP +.B restore +Restore a directory from the remote store to the local filesystem. +.TP +.B compare +Compare the remote current data with local data. +.TP +.B getobject +For debuging purpose only. Retrieve an object from the store in its raw form. +.TP +.B usage +Display usage statistics on the store for the current account. +.TP +.B quit +Disconnect from the store and exit the program. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupd (8), +.BR bbackupd-config (8), +.BR bbackupctl (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by J\['e]r\[^o]me Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://www.fluffy.co.uk/boxbackup/) +for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). diff --git a/debian/bbstoreaccounts.8 b/debian/bbstoreaccounts.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21113548 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/bbstoreaccounts.8 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH bbstoreaccounts 8 "Apr 15, 2007" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +bbstoreaccounts \- server daemon of the Box Backup system +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bbstoreaccounts +.RI "-c config_file [command] [command options]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B bbstoreaccounts +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +\fbstoreaccounts\fP is a utility to create an account in your server +setup. Please refer to +http://bbdev.fluffy.co.uk/trac/wiki/CertificatesAndAccountsManagement +for more verbose information about account management in the Box Backup +system. +.SH COMMANDS +The available commands of \fbstoreaccounts\fP are presented here along +with their arguments: +.TP +.B create [account number] [raid disc] [soft quota] [hard quota] +Creates a new account on the server configuration. The account number +has to be given in Hex (e.g. 75AB23C). +.TP +.B info [account number] +Prints some information about the given account number +.TP +.B setlimit [account number] [new soft limit] [new hard limit] +Adjust the limits for the given account. +.TP +.B delete [account] +Deletes the given account. +.TP +.B check [account] fix +Checks the database of the given account for consistency. Without the +secound paramater \ffix\fP only warnings are printed. +See http://bbdev.fluffy.co.uk/trac/wiki/FixingCorruption for more information +about fixing consistency problems. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupctl (8), +.BR bbackupquery (8), +.BR bbackupd-config (8), +.BR bbstoreaccounts (8), +.BR bbackupd (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://bbdev.fluffy.co.uk/trac/wiki/) +for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). + diff --git a/debian/bbstored-certs.8 b/debian/bbstored-certs.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dbbf7069 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/bbstored-certs.8 @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH bbstored 8 "Apr 15, 2007" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +bbstored-certs \- bbstored certificates utility. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bbstored-certs +.RI "bbstored-certs certs-dir command [arguments]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B bbstored-certs +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +\fbstored-certs\fP is a small utility for certificate management in the +Box Backup System. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B certs-dir +certs-dir is the directory holding the root keys and certificates for +the backup system command is the action to perform, taking parameters. +.SH COMMANDS +.TP +.B init +generate initial root certificates (certs-dir must not already exist) +.TP +.B sign certificate-name +sign a client certificate +.TP +.B sign-server certificate-name +sign a server certificate +.SH NOTES +Signing requires confirmation that the certificate is correct and should +be signed. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupctl (8), +.BR bbackupquery (8), +.BR bbackupd-config (8), +.BR bbackupd (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://bbdev.fluffy.co.uk/trac/wiki) for the Debian GNU/Linux system +(but may be used by others). + diff --git a/debian/bbstored-config.8 b/debian/bbstored-config.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42fa1503 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/bbstored-config.8 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH bbstored-config 8 "Apr 15, 2007" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +bbstored-config \- utility to configure the server daemon of the Box Backup system +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bbstored-config +.RI "config-dir server-hostname username [raidfile-config]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B bbstored-config +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +\fbbbstored-config\fP can be used to generate the configuration for the +server daemon of the Box Backup system, bbackupd. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B config-dir +usually /etc/boxbackup. You need to enter this literealy if you let +debconf manage your boxbackup configuration. +.TP +.B server-hostname +the hostname used by clients to connect to this server. +.TP +.B username +the user to run the server under. +.TP +.B raidfile-config +This is optional. Use if you have a non-standard raidfile.conf file. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupd (8), +.BR bbackupctl (8), +.BR bbackupquery (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://bbdev.fluffy.co.uk/trac/wiki/) +for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). diff --git a/debian/bbstored.8 b/debian/bbstored.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89d8ca49 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/bbstored.8 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH bbstored 8 "Apr 15, 2007" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +bbstored \- server daemon of the Box Backup sysem +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bbstored +.RI "config_file [SINGLEPROCESS]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B bbstored +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +\fbstored\fP is the server daemon of the Box Backup system. It runs +in the background accepting connections from remote bbackupd clients. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B config_file +Path to the configuration file for bbackupd. +.TP +.B SINGLEPROCESS +For test purpose only. Prevent the daemon to fork in the background and to detach from the terminal. +.SH FILES +.TP +.I /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf +Default configuration file for bbstored. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupctl (8), +.BR bbackupquery (8), +.BR bbackupd-config (8), +.BR bbackupd (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> +based on the bbackupd (8) manpage written by +J\['e]r\[^o]me Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://www.fluffy.co.uk/boxbackup/) +for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.config b/debian/boxbackup-client.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f06ea78a --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.config @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +#!/bin/bash -e + +# Source debconf library +. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule + +# This conf script is capable of backing up +#db_version 2.0 +#db_capb backup + +#db_metaget debconf/priority value +#CONFPRIO=$RET + +# Exit if debconf priority is above medium +db_get debconf/priority + +if [ "$RET" = "high" -o "$RET" = "critical" ]; then + exit 0 +fi + +# Handle with debconf or not? +db_input medium boxbackup-client/debconf || true +db_go +db_get boxbackup-client/debconf +if [ "$RET" = "false" ]; then + exit 0 +fi + +# Backup mode +db_get boxbackup-client/backupMode +OLDMODE=$RET + +db_input medium boxbackup-client/backupMode || true +db_go + + +# accountNumber +ANOK=0 +while [ $ANOK = 0 ]; do + db_input medium boxbackup-client/accountNumber || true + db_go + + db_get boxbackup-client/accountNumber + + if [ -z `echo $RET | sed 's/[[:xdigit:]]//g'` ]; then + ANOK=1 + fi + + if [ $ANOK = 0 ]; then + db_input critical boxbackup-client/incorrectAccountNumber || true + db_go + fi +done + +# backupServer +db_input medium boxbackup-client/backupServer || true +db_go + +# backupDirs +DIRSOK=0 +while [ $DIRSOK = 0 ]; do + db_input medium boxbackup-client/backupDirs || true + db_go + + db_get boxbackup-client/backupDirs + + if [ ! -z "$RET" ]; then + DIRSOK=1 + for dir in $RET; do + if [ ! -z `echo $dir | sed 's/^[[:space:]]*\/[[:alnum:]\.\_-]*\/*\([[:alnum:]\.\_-]*\/*\)*[[:space:]]*$//g'` ]; then + DIRSOK=0; + fi + done + fi + + if [ $DIRSOK = 0 ]; then + db_input critical boxbackup-client/incorrectDirectories || true + db_go + fi +done + +# UpdateStoreInterval MinimumFileAge MaxUploadWait +#db_get boxbackup-client/backupMode + +# This is a way to get back to the default values when switching the backup mode +#if [ ! -z $OLDMODE ]; then +# if [ $OLDMODE != $RET ]; then +# db_set boxbackup-client/UpdateStoreInterval "3600" +# db_set boxbackup-client/MinimumFileAge "21600" +# db_set boxbackup-client/MaxUploadWait "86400" +# fi +#fi + +db_get boxbackup-client/backupMode +if [ "$RET" = "lazy" ]; then + for param in UpdateStoreInterval MinimumFileAge MaxUploadWait; do + NUMOK=0 + while [ $NUMOK = 0 ]; do + db_input low boxbackup-client/$param || true + db_go + + db_get boxbackup-client/$param + + if [ -z `echo $RET | sed 's/[[:digit:]]//g'` ]; then + NUMOK=1 + fi + + if [ $NUMOK = 0 ]; then + db_input critical boxbackup-client/IncorrectNumber || true + db_go + fi + done + done +fi + + +# NotifyMail +db_input medium boxbackup-client/notifyMail || true +db_go + +# x509 and private key +db_input medium boxbackup-client/generateCertificate || true +db_go + +exit 0 + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.cron.d b/debian/boxbackup-client.cron.d new file mode 100644 index 00000000..486e4be3 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.cron.d @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Launch the boxbackup client/server synchronization when in snapshot mode +#0 0 * * * root /usr/sbin/bbackupctl -q sync diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.dirs b/debian/boxbackup-client.dirs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96e786f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.dirs @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +usr/sbin +var/lib/bbackupd +etc/boxbackup +etc/boxbackup/bbackupd + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.docs b/debian/boxbackup-client.docs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..046afd06 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.docs @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +BUGS.txt +CONTACT.txt +DOCUMENTATION.txt +LINUX.txt +NETBSD.txt +THANKS.txt +VERSION.txt diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.init b/debian/boxbackup-client.init new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6ceced7 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.init @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# +### BEGIN INIT INFO +# Provides: boxbackup-client +# Required-Start: $syslog $remote_fs $network +# Required-Stop: $syslog $remote_fs $network +# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 +# Default-Stop: 0 1 6 +# Short-Description: boxbackup client +# Description: Init script to start and stop the boxbackup client +### END INIT INFO + +PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin +DAEMON=/usr/sbin/bbackupd +NAME=bbackupd +DESC=boxbackup-client +CONF=/etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf + +test -f $DAEMON || exit 0 + +test -f $CONF || exit 0 + +PIDFILE=`grep 'PidFile' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*PidFile[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(\/[A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'` +CERTFILE=`grep 'CertificateFile' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*CertificateFile[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(\/[A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'` +ACCNUM=`grep 'AccountNumber' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*AccountNumber[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\([A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'` + +[ -z $PIDFILE ] && PIDFILE="/var/run/bbackupd.pid" + +# Don't start if certificate file or account number are not present +[ ! -e $CERTFILE -o -z $ACCNUM ] && exit 0 + +set -e + +case "$1" in + start) + echo -n "Starting $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile $PIDFILE \ + --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF + echo "$NAME." + ;; + stop) + echo -n "Stopping $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --oknodo --retry 5 --stop --quiet --pidfile $PIDFILE \ + --exec $DAEMON + echo "$NAME." + ;; + reload|force-reload) + echo "Reloading $DESC configuration files." + start-stop-daemon --stop --signal 1 --quiet --pidfile \ + $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF + ;; + restart) + echo -n "Restarting $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --oknodo --retry 5 --stop --quiet --pidfile \ + $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON + sleep 1 + start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile \ + $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF + echo "$NAME." + ;; + *) + N=/etc/init.d/$NAME + echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload}" >&2 + #echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|force-reload}" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.install b/debian/boxbackup-client.install new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30b75ea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.install @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-client-linux-gnu/bbackupd /usr/sbin/ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-client-linux-gnu/bbackupctl /usr/sbin/ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-client-linux-gnu/bbackupquery /usr/sbin/ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-client-linux-gnu/bbackupd-config /usr/sbin/ diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.manpages b/debian/boxbackup-client.manpages new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba5cdeae --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.manpages @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +debian/bbackupd.8 +debian/bbackupd-config.8 +debian/bbackupctl.8 +debian/bbackupquery.8 + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.postinst b/debian/boxbackup-client.postinst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..249e1e9e --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.postinst @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +#! /bin/bash +# postinst script for boxbackup-client +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * <postinst> `configure' <most-recently-configured-version> +# * <old-postinst> `abort-upgrade' <new version> +# * <conflictor's-postinst> `abort-remove' `in-favour' <package> +# <new-version> +# * <deconfigured's-postinst> `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour' +# <failed-install-package> <version> `removing' +# <conflicting-package> <version> +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package +# +# quoting from the policy: +# Any necessary prompting should almost always be confined to the +# post-installation script, and should be protected with a conditional +# so that unnecessary prompting doesn't happen if a package's +# installation fails and the `postinst' is called with `abort-upgrade', +# `abort-remove' or `abort-deconfigure'. + +#loading debconf module +. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule + +CONFDIR=/etc/boxbackup +DEBCONFBB=$CONFDIR/bbackupd.debconf +BBCONF=$CONFDIR/bbackupd.conf +BBKEY=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-encrypt-key.raw +BBPRIVKEY=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-priv-key.pem +BBCERTREQ=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-cert-req.pem +BBCERT=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-cert.pem +BBCACERT=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-server-ca-cert.pem +DEBCONFNOTIFY=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/notifyadmin.debconf +NOTIFYSCRIPT=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/notifyadmin + +case "$1" in + configure) + db_get boxbackup-client/debconf + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + # Generate configuration files + # backupd.conf + echo "#To reconfigure boxbackup-client run #dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client" >> $DEBCONFBB + + db_get boxbackup-client/backupServer + echo "StoreHostname = $RET" >> $DEBCONFBB + + db_get boxbackup-client/accountNumber + ACCOUNT=$RET + echo "AccountNumber = 0x$ACCOUNT" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "KeysFile = $BBKEY" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "CertificateFile = $BBCERT" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "PrivateKeyFile = $BBPRIVKEY" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "TrustedCAsFile = $BBCACERT" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "DataDirectory = /var/lib/bbackupd" >> $DEBCONFBB + + cat >>$DEBCONFBB <<__EOF + +# This script is run whenever bbackupd encounters a problem which requires +# the system administrator to assist: +# 1) The store is full, and no more data can be uploaded. +# 2) Some files or directories were not readable. +# The default script emails the system administrator. +NotifyScript = $NOTIFYSCRIPT + +__EOF + + db_get boxbackup-client/backupMode + if [ "$RET" = "lazy" ]; then + db_get boxbackup-client/UpdateStoreInterval + UPDATE=$RET + [ -z "$UPDATE" ] && UPDATE="3600" + + db_get boxbackup-client/MinimumFileAge + FILEAGE=$RET + [ -z "$FILEAGE" ] && FILEAGE="21600" + + db_get boxbackup-client/MaxUploadWait + UPWAIT=$RET + [ -z "$UPWAIT" ] && UPWAIT="86400" + + AUTO=yes + else + AUTO=no + UPDATE=0 + FILEAGE=0 + UPWAIT=0 + fi + + cat >>$DEBCONFBB <<__EOF +# Backup mode specification +# With snapshot mode, you will need to run bbackupctl to instruct the daemon to upload files. +# Set to no for snapshot mode and yes for lazy mode +AutomaticBackup = $AUTO + +# A scan of the local discs will be made once an hour (approximately). +# To avoid cycles of load on the server, this time is randomly adjusted by a small +# percentage as the daemon runs. +# Defaults: 3600 for lazy mode - 0 for snapshot mode +UpdateStoreInterval = $UPDATE + +# A file must have been modified at least 6 hours ago before it will be uploaded. +# Defaults: 21600 for lazy mode - 0 for snapshot mode +MinimumFileAge = $FILEAGE + +# If a file is modified repeated, it won't be uploaded immediately in case it's modified again. +# However, it should be uploaded eventually. This is how long we should wait after first noticing +# a change. (1 day) +# Defaults: 86400 for lazy mode - 0 for snapshot mode +MaxUploadWait = $UPWAIT + +# Files above this size (in bytes) are tracked, and if they are renamed they will simply be +# renamed on the server, rather than being uploaded again. (64k - 1) +FileTrackingSizeThreshold = 65535 + +# The daemon does "changes only" uploads for files above this size (in bytes). +# Files less than it are uploaded whole without this extra processing. +DiffingUploadSizeThreshold = 8192 + +# The limit on how much time is spent diffing files. Most files shouldn't take very long, +# but if you have really big files you can use this to limit the time spent diffing them. +# * Reduce if you are having problems with processor usage. +# * Increase if you have large files, and think the upload of changes is too large and want +# to spend more time searching for unchanged blocks. +MaximumDiffingTime = 20 + +# Uncomment this line to see exactly what the daemon is going when it's connected to the server. +# ExtendedLogging = yes + +# Use this to temporarily stop bbackupd from syncronising or connecting to the store. +# This specifies a program or script script which is run just before each sync, and ideally +# the full path to the interpreter. It will be run as the same user bbackupd is running as, +# usually root. +# The script prints either "now" or a number to STDOUT (and a terminating newline, no quotes). +# If the result was "now", then the sync will happen. If it's a number, then the script will +# be asked again in that number of seconds. +# For example, you could use this on a laptop to only backup when on a specific network. + +# SyncAllowScript = /path/to/intepreter/or/exe script-name parameters etc + +# Where the command socket is created in the filesystem. +CommandSocket = /var/run/bbackupd.sock + +Server +{ + PidFile = /var/run/bbackupd.pid +} + +# +# BackupLocations specifies which locations on disc should be backed up. Each +# directory is in the format +# +# name +# { +# Path = /path/of/directory +# (optional exclude directives) +# } +# +# 'name' is derived from the Path by the config script, but should merely be +# unique. +# +# The exclude directives are of the form +# +# [Exclude|AlwaysInclude][File|Dir][|sRegex] = regex or full pathname +# +# (The regex suffix is shown as 'sRegex' to make File or Dir plural) +# +# For example: +# +# ExcludeDir = /home/guest-user +# ExcludeFilesRegex = \.(mp3|MP3)$ +# AlwaysIncludeFile = /home/username/veryimportant.mp3 +# +# This excludes the directory /home/guest-user from the backup along with all mp3 +# files, except one MP3 file in particular. +# +# In general, Exclude excludes a file or directory, unless the directory is +# explicitly mentioned in a AlwaysInclude directive. +# +# If a directive ends in Regex, then it is a regular expression rather than a +# explicit full pathname. See +# +# man 7 re_format +# +# for the regex syntax on your platform. +# + +BackupLocations +{ +__EOF + + db_get boxbackup-client/backupDirs + + for dir in $RET; do + NAME=`echo $dir | sed 's/\//-/g' | sed 's/^-//'` + + # TODO : exclude encrypt key file from the backup + + echo " $NAME" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " {" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " Path = $dir" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " }" >> $DEBCONFBB + done + + echo "}" >> $DEBCONFBB + + # Encryption key + if [ ! -e $BBKEY ]; then + if ! openssl rand -out $BBKEY 1024 >&2; then + echo "Can't generate encryption key. Check why." >&2 + fi + fi + + chmod 600 $BBKEY || true + + # SSL stuff + if [ ! -z "$ACCOUNT" ]; then + if [ ! -e $BBPRIVKEY -a ! -e $BBCERT ]; then + db_get boxbackup-client/generateCertificate + + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + if ! openssl genrsa -out $BBPRIVKEY 2048 >&2; then + echo "Private key generation failed! Check why." >&2 + else + chmod 600 $BBPRIVKEY || true + fi + + + if ! openssl req -new -key $BBPRIVKEY -sha1 -out $BBCERTREQ >&2 <<__EOF +. +. +. +. +. +BACKUP-$ACCOUNT +. +. +. +__EOF + then + echo "Certificate request generation failed ! Check why." >&2 + fi + fi + fi + fi + + # Generate notify script + CLIENTNAME=`hostname --fqdn` + + db_get boxbackup-client/notifyMail + MAILTO=$RET + + cat >>$DEBCONFNOTIFY <<__EOF +#!/bin/sh +#To reconfigure boxbackup-client run #dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client +SUBJECT="BACKUP PROBLEM on host $CLIENTNAME" +SENDTO="$MAILTO" + +if [ \$1 = store-full ] +then +sendmail \$SENDTO <<EOM +Subject: \$SUBJECT (store full) +To: \$SENDTO + + +The store account for $CLIENTNAME is full. + +============================= +FILES ARE NOT BEING BACKED UP +============================= + +Please adjust the limits on account $account_num on server $server. + +EOM +elif [ \$1 = read-error ] +then +sendmail \$SENDTO <<EOM +Subject: \$SUBJECT (read errors) +To: \$SENDTO + + +Errors occured reading some files or directories for backup on $CLIENTNAME. + +=================================== +THESE FILES ARE NOT BEING BACKED UP +=================================== + +Check the logs on $CLIENTNAME for the files and directories which caused +these errors, and take appropraite action. + +Other files are being backed up. + +EOM +else +sendmail \$SENDTO <<EOM +Subject: \$SUBJECT (unknown) +To: \$SENDTO + + +The backup daemon on $CLIENTNAME reported an unknown error. + +========================== +FILES MAY NOT BE BACKED UP +========================== + +Please check the logs on $CLIENTNAME. + +EOM +fi +__EOF + + if [ -x /usr/bin/ucf ]; then + /usr/bin/ucf --three-way --debconf-ok $DEBCONFBB $BBCONF + fi + rm -f $DEBCONFBB + chmod 644 $BBCONF || true + chown root:root $BBCONF || true + + if [ -x /usr/bin/ucf ]; then + /usr/bin/ucf --three-way --debconf-ok $DEBCONFNOTIFY $NOTIFYSCRIPT + fi + rm -f $DEBCONFNOTIFY + chmod 755 $NOTIFYSCRIPT || true + chown root:root $NOTIFYSCRIPT || true + fi + ;; + + abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) + ;; + + *) + echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +db_stop + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.postrm b/debian/boxbackup-client.postrm new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07ec26b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.postrm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# postrm script for boxbackup-client +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * <postrm> `remove' +# * <postrm> `purge' +# * <old-postrm> `upgrade' <new-version> +# * <new-postrm> `failed-upgrade' <old-version> +# * <new-postrm> `abort-install' +# * <new-postrm> `abort-install' <old-version> +# * <new-postrm> `abort-upgrade' <old-version> +# * <disappearer's-postrm> `disappear' <r>overwrit>r> <new-version> +# for details, see /usr/share/doc/packaging-manual/ + +set -e + + +case "$1" in + purge) + for i in /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd/notifyadmin; do + if [ -e $i ]; then + rm -f $i + fi + ucf -p $i + done + ;; + remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) + ;; + *) + echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 0 +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.templates b/debian/boxbackup-client.templates new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08ae05d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.templates @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# These templates have been reviewed by the debian-l10n-english +# team +# +# If modifications/additions/rewording are needed, please ask +# for an advice to debian-l10n-english@lists.debian.org +# +# Even minor modifications require translation updates and such +# changes should be coordinated with translators and reviewers. + +Template: boxbackup-client/debconf +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically? + The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files + for the BoxBackup client. + . + You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's + configuration options. + . + Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details + about the configuration of the BoxBackup client. + +Template: boxbackup-client/backupMode +Type: select +Choices: lazy, snapshot +#flag:comment:3 +# Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +# these options are written as is in the software documentation +_Description: Run mode for the BoxBackup client: + The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup: + . + In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system + searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a + specified age to the backup server. + . + In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular intervals. + A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the + package and should be adapted to suit your needs. + +Template: boxbackup-client/accountNumber +Type: string +_Description: Account number for this node on the backup server: + The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client + a hexadecimal account number. + . + If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and + configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root. + +Template: boxbackup-client/incorrectAccountNumber +Type: error +_Description: Invalid account number + The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500). + +Template: boxbackup-client/backupServer +Type: string +_Description: Fully qualified domain name of the backup server: + Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which + your client will use. + . + The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201. + +Template: boxbackup-client/backupDirs +Type: string +_Description: List of directories to backup: + Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto + the remote server. + . + Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level + in their subdirectories. + +Template: boxbackup-client/incorrectDirectories +Type: error +_Description: Invalid path name + The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated + by spaces. + . + For example: /home/myaccount /etc/ + +Template: boxbackup-client/UpdateStoreInterval +Type: string +Default: 3600 +_Description: Interval (in seconds) between directory scans: + BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified + files. + . + Please choose the scan interval in seconds. + +Template: boxbackup-client/MinimumFileAge +Type: string +Default: 21600 +_Description: Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file: + A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its + last modification. + . + Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more + revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier. + +Template: boxbackup-client/MaxUploadWait +Type: string +Default: 86400 +_Description: Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file: + Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they + never reach the minimum wait time. + . + Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified + file to the server is enforced. + +Template: boxbackup-client/IncorrectNumber +Type: error +_Description: Invalid time entered + Please enter an integer value greater null. + +Template: boxbackup-client/notifyMail +Type: string +Default: root +_Description: Recipient for alert notifications: + The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs + during the backup. + . + Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email + address (for example 'admin@example.org'). + +Template: boxbackup-client/generateCertificate +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request? + The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 + certificate to authenticate itself with the server. + . + Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the + certificate request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will + sign it and send it back to you along with the server's Certification + Authority certificate. + . + These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration + directory. The file names to use are given in the + /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file. diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.config b/debian/boxbackup-server.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36546f88 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.config @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +#!/bin/bash -e + +# Source debconf library +. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule + +# This conf script is capable of backing up +#db_version 2.0 +#db_capb backup + +#db_metaget debconf/priority value +#CONFPRIO=$RET + +# Handle with debconf or not? +db_input medium boxbackup-server/debconf || true +db_go +db_get boxbackup-server/debconf +if [ "$RET" = "false" ]; then + exit 0 +fi + +# RAID directories +db_get boxbackup-server/raidDirectories +OLDRAIDDIR=$RET +RAIDOK=0 +while [ $RAIDOK = 0 ]; do + db_input medium boxbackup-server/raidDirectories || true + db_go + + db_get boxbackup-server/raidDirectories + + DIR1=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $1 }'` + DIR2=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $2 }'` + DIR3=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $3 }'` + + if [ -n $DIR1 ]; then + if [ -z "$DIR2" -o -z "$DIR3" ]; then + DIR2=$DIR1 + DIR3=$DIR1 + fi + + PATHOK=1 + for i in $DIR1 $DIR2 $DIR3; do + if [ `echo $i | awk '{ if (/^\/[A-Za-z0-9\.\-_]+\/?([A-Za-z0-9\.\-_]+\/?)*$/) { print 1 } else { print 0 } }'` = 0 ]; then + PATHOK=0 + fi + done + + if [ $PATHOK = 1 ]; then + RAIDOK=1; + fi + fi + + if [ $RAIDOK = 0 ]; then + db_input critical boxbackup-server/incorrectDirectories || true + db_go + fi +done + +# RAID block size +# Try to figure out the block size of the first partition given +db_get boxbackup-server/raidDirectories +if [ "$OLDRAIDDIR" != "$RET" ]; then # Directories have been changed so we can try to guess the block size + TMPDIR=`echo $DIR1 | sed 's/\/$//'` + + while [ "$TMPDIR" != "" ]; do + DEV=`df -P | grep "$TMPDIR$" | awk '{ print $1 }'` + + if [ -z "$DEV" ]; then + TMPDIR=`echo $TMPDIR | sed 's/\/[^\/]*$//'` + else + TMPDIR="" + fi + done + + if [ "$DEV" != "" ]; then + if [ -x /sbin/tune2fs ]; then + BS=`/sbin/tune2fs -l $DEV 2>/dev/null | grep 'Block size' | awk '{print $3 }'` + + if [ $? = 0 -a $BS != "" ]; then + db_set boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize "$BS" + fi + fi + fi +fi + +BSOK=0 +while [ $BSOK = 0 ]; do + db_input medium boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize || true + db_go + + db_get boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize + + if [ `echo $RET | awk '{ if (/^[0-9]+$/) { print 1 } else { print 0 } }'` = 1 ]; then + if [ `echo $RET | awk '{ bs=sqrt($1); if (bs ~ /^[0-9]+$/) { print 1 } else { print 0 } }'` = 1 ]; then + BSOK=1 + fi + fi + + if [ $BSOK = 0 ]; then + db_input critical boxbackup-server/incorrectBlocksize || true + db_go + fi +done + +# x509 and private key +db_input medium boxbackup-server/generateCertificate || true +db_go + +exit 0 + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.dirs b/debian/boxbackup-server.dirs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6c52ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.dirs @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +usr/sbin +etc/boxbackup +etc/boxbackup/bbstored +etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation +etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.docs b/debian/boxbackup-server.docs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..046afd06 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.docs @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +BUGS.txt +CONTACT.txt +DOCUMENTATION.txt +LINUX.txt +NETBSD.txt +THANKS.txt +VERSION.txt diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.init b/debian/boxbackup-server.init new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11529b4d --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.init @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# +### BEGIN INIT INFO +# Provides: boxbackup-server +# Required-Start: $syslog $remote_fs $network +# Required-Stop: $syslog $remote_fs $network +# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 +# Default-Stop: 0 1 6 +# Short-Description: boxbackup server +# Description: Init script to start and stop the boxbackup server +### END INIT INFO + +PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin +DAEMON=/usr/sbin/bbstored +NAME=bbstored +DESC=boxbackup-server +CONF=/etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf + +test -f $DAEMON || exit 0 + +test -f $CONF || exit 0 + +PIDFILE=`grep 'PidFile' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*PidFile[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(\/[A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'` +CERTFILE=`grep 'CertificateFile' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*CertificateFile[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(\/[A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'` + +[ -z $PIDFILE ] && PIDFILE="/var/run/bbstored.pid" + +# Don't start if certificate file is not present +[ ! -e $CERTFILE ] && exit 0 + +set -e + +case "$1" in + start) + echo -n "Starting $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile $PIDFILE \ + --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF + echo "$NAME." + ;; + stop) + echo -n "Stopping $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --oknodo --stop --quiet --pidfile $PIDFILE \ + --exec $DAEMON + echo "$NAME." + ;; + #reload) + # + # If the daemon can reload its config files on the fly + # for example by sending it SIGHUP, do it here. + # + # If the daemon responds to changes in its config file + # directly anyway, make this a do-nothing entry. + # + # echo "Reloading $DESC configuration files." + # start-stop-daemon --stop --signal 1 --quiet --pidfile \ + # /var/run/$NAME.pid --exec $DAEMON + #;; + restart|force-reload) + # + # If the "reload" option is implemented, move the "force-reload" + # option to the "reload" entry above. If not, "force-reload" is + # just the same as "restart". + # + echo -n "Restarting $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --oknodo --stop --quiet --pidfile \ + $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON + sleep 1 + start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile \ + $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF + echo "$NAME." + ;; + *) + N=/etc/init.d/$NAME + # echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload}" >&2 + echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|force-reload}" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.install b/debian/boxbackup-server.install new file mode 100644 index 00000000..459a1f35 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.install @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-server-linux-gnu/bbstoreaccounts /usr/sbin/ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-server-linux-gnu/bbstored /usr/sbin/ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-server-linux-gnu/bbstored-certs /usr/bin/ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-server-linux-gnu/bbstored-config /usr/sbin/ +parcels/boxbackup-0.11rc2-backup-server-linux-gnu/raidfile-config /usr/sbin/ +debian/tmp/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation/boxbackup-server /etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation +debian/tmp/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server/boxbackup-server /etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore b/debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c19b43db --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +bbstored/hk\[.*\]: Starting housekeeping +bbstored/hk\[.*\]: Finished housekeeping +bbstored/hk\[.*\]: Housekeeping process started +bbstored\[.*\]: Starting daemon +bbstored\[.*\]: Terminating daemon +bbstored\[.*\]: Incoming connection from.*port.*\(handling in child.*\) +bbstored\[.*\]: Certificate CN: +bbstored\[.*\]: Login: Client ID +bbstored\[.*\]: Session finished + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.manpages b/debian/boxbackup-server.manpages new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c0a7b02 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.manpages @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +debian/bbstoreaccounts.8 +debian/bbstored-certs.8 +debian/bbstored-config.8 +debian/bbstored.8 +debian/raidfile-config.8 diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.postinst b/debian/boxbackup-server.postinst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4045daca --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.postinst @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# postinst script for boxbackup-server +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * <postinst> `configure' <most-recently-configured-version> +# * <old-postinst> `abort-upgrade' <new version> +# * <conflictor's-postinst> `abort-remove' `in-favour' <package> +# <new-version> +# * <deconfigured's-postinst> `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour' +# <failed-install-package> <version> `removing' +# <conflicting-package> <version> +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package +# +# quoting from the policy: +# Any necessary prompting should almost always be confined to the +# post-installation script, and should be protected with a conditional +# so that unnecessary prompting doesn't happen if a package's +# installation fails and the `postinst' is called with `abort-upgrade', +# `abort-remove' or `abort-deconfigure'. + +#loading debconf module +. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule + +CONFDIR=/etc/boxbackup +DEBCONFRAID=$CONFDIR/raidfile.debconf +DEBCONFBB=$CONFDIR/bbstored.debconf +RAIDCONF=$CONFDIR/raidfile.conf +BBCONF=$CONFDIR/bbstored.conf +BBACCOUNTS=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-server-accounts.txt +BBUSER=bbstored +BBPRIVKEY=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-server-key.pem +BBCERTREQ=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-server-cert-req.pem +BBCERT=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-server-cert.pem +BBCACERT=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-client-ca-cert.pem + +case "$1" in + configure) + + # Set up the bbstored user + if [ -z "`getent passwd $BBUSER`" ]; then + echo "Creating $BBUSER user." >&2 + adduser --system --no-create-home \ + --disabled-password --disabled-login \ + --shell /bin/false --group --home /var $BBUSER + else + echo "User $BBUSER already exists." >&2 + fi + + db_get boxbackup-server/debconf + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + # Generate configuration files + # raidfile.conf + echo "#To reconfigure boxbackup-server run #dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-server" >> $DEBCONFRAID + + echo "disc0" >> $DEBCONFRAID + echo "{" >> $DEBCONFRAID + echo " SetNumber = 0" >> $DEBCONFRAID + + db_get boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize + echo " BlockSize = $RET" >> $DEBCONFRAID + + db_get boxbackup-server/raidDirectories + + DIR1=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $1 }'` + DIR2=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $2 }'` + DIR3=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $3 }'` + + if [ -n $DIR1 ]; then + if [ -z "$DIR2" -o -z "$DIR3" ]; then + DIR2=$DIR1 + DIR3=$DIR1 + fi + fi + + echo " Dir0 = $DIR1" >> $DEBCONFRAID + echo " Dir1 = $DIR2" >> $DEBCONFRAID + echo " Dir2 = $DIR3" >> $DEBCONFRAID + + echo "}" >> $DEBCONFRAID + + # Handle backup directories creation/permissions + for dir in "$DIR1" "$DIR2" "$DIR3"; do + if [ -d "$dir/backup" ]; then + # need stat package on Woody + #if (`stat -c %U $dir/backup` != $BBUSER); then + if [ `ls -ld $dir/backup | awk '{ print $3 }'` != "$BBUSER" ]; then + echo "Incorrect owner of backup directory. Changing it to $BBUSER..." >&2 + chown $BBUSER:$BBUSER $dir/backup + fi + + #if [ `stat -c %a $dir/backup` != "700" ]; then + if [ `ls -ld $dir/backup | awk '{ print $1 }'` != "drwx------" ]; then + chmod 700 $dir/backup + fi + else + echo "Creating $dir/backup directory..." >&2 + mkdir -p $dir/backup + chown $BBUSER:$BBUSER $dir/backup + chmod 700 $dir/backup + fi + done + + if ! dpkg-statoverride --list $CONFDIR/bbstored > /dev/null; then + dpkg-statoverride --update --add $BBUSER $BBUSER 700 $CONFDIR/bbstored + fi + + # Accounts file + if [ ! -e $BBACCOUNTS ]; then + touch $BBACCOUNTS + fi + + #if [ `stat -c %U $BBACCOUNTS` != $BBUSER ]; then + if [ `ls -ld $BBACCOUNTS | awk '{ print $3 }'` != "$BBUSER" ]; then + chown $BBUSER:$BBUSER $BBACCOUNTS + fi + + #if [ `stat -c %a $BBACCOUNTS` != "600" ]; then + if [ `ls -ld $BBACCOUNTS | awk '{ print $1 }'` != "drw-------" ]; then + chmod 600 $BBACCOUNTS + fi + + SERVNAME=`hostname --fqdn` + + # SSL stuff + if [ ! -e $BBPRIVKEY -a ! -e $BBCERT ]; then + db_get boxbackup-server/generateCertificate + + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + if ! openssl genrsa -out $BBPRIVKEY 2048 >&2; then + echo "Private key generation failed! Check why." >&2 + else + chown $BBUSER: $BBPRIVKEY + chmod 600 $BBPRIVKEY || true + fi + + if ! openssl req -new -key $BBPRIVKEY -sha1 -out $BBCERTREQ >&2 <<EOF +. +. +. +. +. +$SERVNAME +. +. +. +EOF + then + echo "Certificate request generation failed ! Check why." >&2 + fi + fi + fi + + # Generate bbstored.conf + echo "#To reconfigure boxbackup-server run #dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-server" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "RaidFileConf = $RAIDCONF" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "AccountDatabase = $BBACCOUNTS" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "# Uncomment this line to see exactly what commands are being received from clients." >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "# ExtendedLogging = yes" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "# scan all accounts for files which need deleting every 15 minutes." >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "TimeBetweenHousekeeping = 900" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "Server" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "{" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " PidFile = /var/run/bbstored.pid" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " User = bbstored" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " ListenAddresses = inet:$SERVNAME" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " CertificateFile = $BBCERT" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " PrivateKeyFile = $BBPRIVKEY" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo " TrustedCAsFile = $BBCACERT" >> $DEBCONFBB + echo "}" >> $DEBCONFBB + + db_stop + + if [ -x /usr/bin/ucf ]; then + /usr/bin/ucf --three-way $DEBCONFRAID $RAIDCONF >&2 </dev/tty + fi + rm -f $DEBCONFRAID + chmod 644 $RAIDCONF || true + chown root:root $RAIDCONF || true + + if [ -x /usr/bin/ucf ]; then + /usr/bin/ucf --three-way $DEBCONFBB $BBCONF >&2 </dev/tty + fi + rm -f $DEBCONFBB + chmod 644 $BBCONF || true + chown root:root $BBCONF || true + else + db_stop + fi + ;; + + abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) + db_stop + ;; + + *) + echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + db_stop + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.postrm b/debian/boxbackup-server.postrm new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad624c69 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.postrm @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# postrm script for #PACKAGE# +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * <postrm> `remove' +# * <postrm> `purge' +# * <old-postrm> `upgrade' <new-version> +# * <new-postrm> `failed-upgrade' <old-version> +# * <new-postrm> `abort-install' +# * <new-postrm> `abort-install' <old-version> +# * <new-postrm> `abort-upgrade' <old-version> +# * <disappearer's-postrm> `disappear' <r>overwrit>r> <new-version> +# for details, see /usr/share/doc/packaging-manual/ + +set -e + + +case "$1" in + purge) + for i in /etc/boxbackup/raidfile.conf /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf; do + if [ -e $i ]; then + rm -f $i + fi + ucf -p $i + done + + dpkg-statoverride --remove /etc/boxbackup/bbstored || true + + getent passwd bbstored >/dev/null && deluser bbstored + getent group bbstored >/dev/null && delgroup bbstored + ;; + remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) + ;; + *) + echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 0 +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.templates b/debian/boxbackup-server.templates new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8580e6a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.templates @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# These templates have been reviewed by the debian-l10n-english +# team +# +# If modifications/additions/rewording are needed, please ask +# for an advice to debian-l10n-english@lists.debian.org +# +# Even minor modifications require translation updates and such +# changes should be coordinated with translators and reviewers. + +Template: boxbackup-server/debconf +Type: boolean +Default: false +_Description: Should BoxBackup be configured automatically? + The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files + for the BoxBackup server. + . + You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's + configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the + 'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts. + . + The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, + reading the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is + recommended. + +Template: boxbackup-server/raidDirectories +Type: string +_Description: Location of the RAID directories: + Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories. + . + To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of + three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: + '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2'). + . + If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory + where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup). + . + These directories will be created if they do not exist. + +Template: boxbackup-server/incorrectDirectories +Type: error +_Description: Invalid path names + The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, + separated by spaces. + . + For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2 + +Template: boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize +Type: string +Default: 4096 +_Description: Block size for the userland RAID system: + BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques. + . + Please choose the block size to use for the storage. + For maximum efficiency, you should choose the block size of the underlying + file system (which can be displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' + command). + . + This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID. + +Template: boxbackup-server/generateCertificate +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request? + The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 + certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication + encryption. + . + Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the + certificate with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and + put this signed certificate and the root CA certificate in the + configuration folder. + +Template: boxbackup-server/incorrectBlocksize +Type: error +_Description: Invalid block size + The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096). + diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97bfa9ce --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +boxbackup (0.11~rc2+r2072-1) UNRELEASED; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 31 Mar 2009 15:58:23 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.11~rc2-6) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fix shell scripting in the debconf interaction code of the package's + postinst script. This should prevent problems like LP: #222999 + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 11 Feb 2009 08:55:05 +0100 + +boxbackup (0.11~rc2-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Bugfix: "Please build-depend on docbook-xml". Thanks to Luca Falavigna + <dktrkranz@ubuntu.com> for reporting. Closes: #507973 + * Add missing #includes in lib/common/Logging.cpp and + lib/common/DebugMemLeakFinder.cpp. Also use malloc, free, etc from the + namespace std:: instead of the global namespace in several other files + Closes: #505696, #512510 + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Thu, 22 Jan 2009 08:26:24 +0100 + +boxbackup (0.11~rc2-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * add a note to documentation about adjusted syslog facility. + * build and install the administrator guide and the installation guide. + * By default do not configure boxbackup. Most users of this package need + to know what the postinst/configure scripts are doing anyway, and this + avoids piuparts to fail here. Closes: #502742, #502461 + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Thu, 23 Oct 2008 20:25:10 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.11~rc2-3.1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Non-maintainer upload to fix pending l10n issues. + * Debconf translations: + - German. Closes: #477719 + - French. Closes: #478557 + - Portuguese. Closes: #483869 + - Czech. Closes: #483981 + - Galician. Closes: #483857 + - Finnish. Closes: #484353 + - Basque. Closes: #484563 + - Russian. Closes: #484829 + + -- Christian Perrier <bubulle@debian.org> Tue, 20 May 2008 07:54:18 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.11~rc2-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * fix another miss '#include <string.h>' to fix compilation with g++-4.3. + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 23 Apr 2008 13:10:17 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.11~rc2-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * merge forgotten changes from the unstable Branch. (sorry to the + translators for the confusion). + * The previous upload forgot to change some references to the default + configuration directory from /etc/box -> /etc/boxbackup. Now rectified. + * add an '#include <string.h>' in ./lib/common/Logging.cpp. Should fix + build failiures on mips, powerpc and sparc. + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Mon, 21 Apr 2008 13:41:18 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.11~rc2-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * new upstream release. + * update watch file. + * bump standards version to 3.7.3 (No changes needed) + * update frensh debconf template translations. Thanks to + Christian Perrier (Closes: #476090) + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sun, 20 Apr 2008 14:01:27 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.11~rc1-1) experimental; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + - should fix builds on kFreeBSD architectures: (Closes: #440156). + - build against libbd4.6 instead of libdb4.3. (Closes: #442640). + - the config file template has been updated to be more specific for + the AlwaysIncludeFile Option (Closes: #435860). + * remove all generated files in clean target of debian/rules. Allows + package to build twice in a row (Closes: #442515). + * Install file ExceptionCodes.txt to documentation directories. The file + contains a list of Error codes found in logfiles. + * Simplify debian/rules by removing code to build arch-independent + packages. There are none. + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sun, 20 Jan 2008 19:09:59 +0100 + +boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * raise urgency because of RC bug! + * use rather 'nocheck' instead of 'notest'. Thanks to Michael Banck + <mbanck@debian.org> for notifying me about this. + * Ack NMUs. Thanks Amaya for handling these! (Closes: #470060, #467628). + * Merge Ubuntu changes, fixing installations without tty. (Closes: #474587). + * build against libdb4.6 (Closes: #442640) + * don't ignores errors on clean. Thanks lintian. + * update Standards Version to 3.7.3, no changes needed. + * clarify debconf question "boxbackup-client/IncorrectNumber" (Closes: #467635). + * clarify debconf question "boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize" (Closes: #467636). + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sun, 13 Apr 2008 11:38:01 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1.2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Non-maintainer upload. + * Fix FTBFS introduced by my previous NMU. Apply patch from Cyril Brulebois + (Closes: #454862). + * Added debian debconf translation by Kai Wasserbäch (Closes: #467628). + + -- Amaya Rodrigo Sastre <amaya@debian.org> Sat, 05 Apr 2008 12:37:16 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1.1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Non-maintainer upload. + * iFix LSB header in init.d script (Closes: #470060). + + -- Amaya Rodrigo Sastre <amaya@debian.org> Mon, 31 Mar 2008 18:43:40 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1ubuntu3) hardy; urgency=low + + * Don't redirect ucf calls. This was forgotten in the previous upload, + but should have been there. + + -- Tollef Fog Heen <tfheen@ubuntu.com> Thu, 06 Mar 2008 07:17:35 +0100 + +boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1ubuntu2) hardy; urgency=low + + * Fix up postinst so we don't call db_stop too early, and use + --debconf-ok to ucf. (No versioned dependency since even oldstable + has a new enough ucf.) Use db_stop near the end to make sure we don't + hang after starting the daemon though. + + -- Tollef Fog Heen <tfheen@ubuntu.com> Wed, 05 Mar 2008 22:33:57 +0100 + +boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1ubuntu1) hardy; urgency=low + + * Rebuild for libdb4.3 -> libdb4.6 migration. + * Set MOTU to maintainer. + + -- Chuck Short <zulcss@ubuntu.com> Mon, 03 Mar 2008 12:37:35 -0500 + +boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * revert new upstream accidentally slipped into unstable. + * big apologies that I now need to upload this package earlier than + promised to the boxbackup translators :( + * add watchfile + * Bug fix: "boxbackup-server recommends boxbackup-utils (unavailable)", + thanks to Pelayo Gonzalez (Closes: #424992). + * Apply new debconf templates and debian/control review. Thanks to + Christan Perrier! (Closes: #429396) + * Bug fix: "boxbackup: French debconf templates translation", thanks to + Vincent Bernat (Closes: #430856). + * Bug fix: "[l10n] Czech translation of boxbackup debconf messages", + thanks to Miroslav Kure (Closes: #431463). + * Bug fix: "boxbackup: [INTL:vi] Vietnamese debconf templates + translation", thanks to Clytie Siddall (Closes: #430535). + * Bug fix: "depends on non-essential package ucf in postrm", thanks to + Michael Ablassmeier (Closes: #431518). + * Bug fix: "depends on non-essential package ucf in postrm", thanks to + Michael Ablassmeier (Closes: #431519). + * run testsuite on build, use 'notest' in $DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS to disable + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 03 Jul 2007 12:30:49 +0200 + +boxbackup (0.10-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * upload to debian (Closes: #416605) + * Cleanups in debian/rules + * Apply patch from svn, commit #626, in order to fix FTBFS + see http://bbdev.fluffy.co.uk/trac/changeset/626 + * Drop the boxbackup-utils package, since it only shipped one single + script, which is generally used for CA maintenance, so move it to the + to the boxbackup-server package + * Bump standards version to 3.7.2 + * add missing manpages + * add README.Debian + * use debhelper 5 + * cleanup the versioned dependencies in debian/control + + [ Jérôme Schell ] + + * New upstream version + * Add LSB headers in init script + + -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Mon, 18 Jun 2007 15:35:55 +0100 + +boxbackup (0.09-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added man pages for bbackupd, bbackupd-config, bbackupctl, bbackupquery + * Improve lintian compatibility of the packages + + -- Jérôme Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> Mon, 10 Oct 2005 14:16:20 +0200 diff --git a/debian/compat b/debian/compat new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7813681f --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/compat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +5
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/debian/control b/debian/control new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d227aaee --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Source: boxbackup +Section: utils +Priority: optional +Maintainer: Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> +Build-Depends: debhelper (>> 5.0.0), libedit-dev, libdb-dev, libssl-dev, zlib1g-dev, docbook-utils, docbook-xml +Standards-Version: 3.7.3 +XS-Vcs-bzr: http://bazaar.launchpad.net/~siretart/boxbackup/boxbackup.debian +XS-Vcs-Browser: http://codebrowse.launchpad.net/~siretart/boxbackup/boxbackup.debian/files + +Package: boxbackup-server +Architecture: any +Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends}, adduser, perl, gawk, ucf, openssl, debconf | debconf-2.0 +Description: server for the BoxBackup remote backup system + BoxBackup is an automatic on-line backup system. + The server waits for connections from remote clients, + authenticates them via X.509 certificates and stores the + encrypted data on hard drives with optional RAID techniques. + It also supports versions historization and per-user quotas. + +Package: boxbackup-client +Architecture: any +Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends}, ucf, perl, openssl, debconf | debconf-2.0 +Description: client for the BoxBackup remote backup system + BoxBackup is an automatic on-line backup system. + The client watches for changes on the local file system, + connects to a BoxBackup server and sends the changes via a + secure channel. All data is encrypted before being sent to + the server. A command-line tool is provided for restoration + of backups including deleted files and old versions. diff --git a/debian/copyright b/debian/copyright new file mode 100644 index 00000000..948c8342 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +This package was debianized by Jérôme Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> on +Tue, 1 Jun 2004 07:51:24 +0000. + +It was downloaded from http://www.fluffy.co.uk/boxbackup/ + +Upstream Author: Ben Summers <ben@fluffy.co.uk> + +Copyright: + +Copyright (c) 2003, 2004 + Ben Summers. All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: +1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +3. All use of this software and associated advertising materials must + display the following acknowledgement: + This product includes software developed by Ben Summers. +4. The names of the Authors may not be used to endorse or promote + products derived from this software without specific prior written + permission. + +[Where legally impermissible the Authors do not disclaim liability for +direct physical injury or death caused solely by defects in the software +unless it is modified by a third party.] + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, +INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, +STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN +ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +Commentary + +This license is based on a standard BSD license. Some minor changes in wording have been made to fit in with English law. + +© Ben Summers, 2003, 2004 diff --git a/debian/get-orig-source.sh b/debian/get-orig-source.sh new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b799aba --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/get-orig-source.sh @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# Script to create a 'pristine' tarball for the debian boxbackup source +# package. Copyright (C) 2009, Reinhard Tartler +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +# with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +set -eu + +usage() { + cat >&2 <<EOF +usage: $0 [-dh] + -h : display help + -r : svn revision + -o : output tarball name +EOF +} + +debug () { + $DEBUG && echo "DEBUG: $*" >&2 +} + +error () { + echo "$1" >&2 + exit 1; +} + +set +e +PARAMS=`getopt hr: "$@"` +if test $? -ne 0; then usage; exit 1; fi; +set -e + +eval set -- "$PARAMS" + +DEBUG=false +SVNREVISION= + +while test $# -gt 0 +do + case $1 in + -h) usage; exit 1 ;; + -r) SVNREVISION=$2; shift ;; + --) shift ; break ;; + *) echo "Internal error!" ; exit 1 ;; + esac + shift +done + +# sanity checks now +dh_testdir + +if [ -z $SVNREVISION ]; then + error "you need to specify an svn revision." +fi + +PACKAGENAME=boxbackup +baseurl="https://www.boxbackup.org/svn/box/RELEASE/0.11rc2" +TARBALL=../${PACKAGENAME}_0.11~rc2+r${SVNREVISION}.orig.tar.gz + +TMPDIR=`mktemp -d` +trap 'rm -rf ${TMPDIR}' EXIT + + +svn export -r${SVNREVISION} \ + --ignore-externals \ + ${baseurl} \ + ${TMPDIR}/${PACKAGENAME} + +svn info -r${SVNREVISION} \ + ${baseurl} \ + | awk '/^Revision/ {print $2}' \ + > ${TMPDIR}/${PACKAGENAME}/.svnrevision + +tar czf ${TARBALL} -C ${TMPDIR} ${PACKAGENAME} diff --git a/debian/po/POTFILES.in b/debian/po/POTFILES.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cd99807 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/POTFILES.in @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +[type: gettext/rfc822deb] boxbackup-client.templates +[type: gettext/rfc822deb] boxbackup-server.templates diff --git a/debian/po/cs.po b/debian/po/cs.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d341597 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/cs.po @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ +# Czech translation of boxbackup debconf messages. +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package. +# Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>, 2007,2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-01 11:36+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Má se klient BoxBackupu nastavit automaticky?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurační skript balíku může vytvořit konfigurační soubory pro klienta " +"BoxBackupu." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Pokud zrovna nekamarádíte s konfiguračními volbami BoxBackupu, měli byste " +"tuto možnost povolit." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Podrobnosti o nastavení klienta BoxBackupu naleznete v souboru /usr/share/" +"doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "Režim spouštění klienta BoxBackupu:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "Klient BoxBackupu podporuje dva režimy zálohování:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"V „líném“ režimu bude zálohovací daemon pravidelně prohledávat souborový " +"systém a hledat změněné soubory. Poté nahraje soubory starší než zadaný věk " +"na zálohovací server." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"Ve „snímkovém“ režimu se bude zálohování spouštět v pravidelných " +"intervalech. S balíkem se dodává cronový soubor /etc/cron.d/boxbackup-" +"client, který byste měli upravit dle svých potřeb." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Číslo účtu tohoto uzlu na zálohovacím serveru:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"Správce serveru BoxBackup by měl tomuto klientovi přidělit hexadecimální " +"číslo účtu." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Pokud tomuto klientovi ještě nebylo přiděleno číslo účtu, ponechte pole " +"prázdné a nastavte jej později spuštěním „dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client“ " +"pod uživatelem root." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Neplatné číslo účtu" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "Číslo účtu musí být hexadecimální číslo (např. 1F04 nebo 4500)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Plně kvalifikované jméno zálohovacího serveru:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" +"Zadejte prosím plně kvalifikované doménové jméno BoxBackup serveru, který má " +"tento klient používat." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "Klient se připojí k serveru na TCP portu 2201." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Seznam adresářů pro zálohování:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Zadejte prosím mezerami oddělený seznam adresářů, které se mají zálohovat na " +"vzdálený server." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Tyto adresáře by v žádné úrovni podadresářů neměly obsahovat připojené " +"souborové systémy." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Neplatná cesta" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "Cesty k souborům musí být absolutní a oddělené mezerami." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Například: /home/mujucet /etc/" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Interval (v sekundách) mezi prohledáváním adresářů:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup pravidelně prohledává vybrané adresáře a hledá změněné soubory." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Zadejte prosím interval mezi prohledáváními." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Minimální doba čekání (v sekundách) před nahráním souboru:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Soubor se zazálohuje na server pouze po uplynutí určitého času od jeho " +"poslední změny." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Nízké hodnoty způsobí častější nahrávání na server, vytváření více revizí a " +"rychlejší rušení starých revizí." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Maximální doba čekání (v sekundách) před nahráním souboru:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"Často upravované soubory nejspíš nikdy nedosáhnou minimální hranice před " +"nahráním souboru a tedy nebudou zálohovány." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Zadejte prosím maximální čas, po kterém je nahrání změněného souboru na " +"server vynuceno." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Zadán neplatný čas" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Zadejte prosím neprázdnou celočíselnou hodnotu větší než nula." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Příjemce výstražných upozornění:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"Jestliže se během zálohy vyskytne problém, klient BoxBackupu posílá " +"výstražné upozornění." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Zadejte prosím jméno lokálního uživatele (například „root“) nebo poštovní " +"adresu (například „spravce@priklad.cz“)." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Vytvořit privátní klíč klienta a požadavek na certifikát X.509?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"Klient BoxBackupu vyžaduje privátní RSA klíč a odpovídající certifikát " +"X.509, aby se mohl autentizovat vůči serveru." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Oba se mohou vytvořit automaticky. Požadavek na certifikát budete muset " +"poslat správci BoxBackup serveru, který požadavek podepíše a pošle zpět " +"současně s certifikátem certifikační autority serveru." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Tyto soubory by měly být nakopírovány do konfiguračního adresáře BoxBackupu. " +"Očekávaná jména souborů jsou zadána v souboru /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Má se BoxBackup nastavit automaticky?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurační skripty balíku mohou vytvořit konfigurační soubory BoxBackup " +"serveru." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Pokud zrovna nekamarádíte s konfiguračními volbami BoxBackupu, měli byste " +"tuto možnost povolit. Konfiguraci můžete provést i ručně pomocí skriptů " +"„raidfile-config“ a „bbstored-config“." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Dokud jej nenakonfigurujete, server se odmítne spustit. Každopádně je " +"doporučeno přečíst si /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "Umístění RAID adresářů:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "Vyberte prosím umístění tří adresářů se souborovými RAIDy." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"Pro povolení RAIDu zadejte mezerami oddělený seznam tří oblastí, kde každá " +"by měla ležet na jiném fyzickém disku (například: „/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /" +"raid/0.2“)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"Nechcete-li povolit RAID, zadejte cestu k jedinému adresáři, do kterého se " +"budou ukládat zálohy (například /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Pokud neexistují, budou tyto adresáře vytvořeny." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Neplatné cesty" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Například: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Velikost bloku RAIDu v uživatelském prostoru:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "BoxBackup využívá techniky RAIDu v uživatelském prostoru." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Zadejte prosím velikost bloku, která se má použít pro úložiště. Pro " +"maximální efektivitu byste měli zvolit stejnou velikost bloku, jakou má " +"souborový systém, na kterém je úložiště postaveno (pro souborové systémy " +"ext2 to zjistíte zjistíte například příkazem „tune2fs -l“)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "" +"Tuto hodnotu byste měli nastavit i v případě, že neplánujete použití RAIDu." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Vytvořit privátní klíč serveru a požadavek na certifikát X.509?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup server vyžaduje privátní RSA klíč a odpovídající certifikát X.509, " +"aby mohl provádět autentizaci mezi klientem a serverem a aby mohl šifrovat " +"komunikaci." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Oba se mohou vytvořit automaticky. Certifikát budete muset podepsat svou " +"kořenovou certifikační autoritou (viz balík boxbackup-utils) a podepsaný jej " +"umístit společně s kořenovým certifikátem certifikační autority do složky s " +"konfigurací." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Neplatná velikost bloku" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "Velikost bloku musí být mocninou dvou (např. 1024 nebo 4096)." diff --git a/debian/po/de.po b/debian/po/de.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0feddd48 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/de.po @@ -0,0 +1,525 @@ +# Translation of the boxbackup debconf template. +# Copyright (C) 2008 Kai Wasserbäch <debian@carbon-project.org> +# This file is distributed under the same license as boxbackup package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup 0.10+really0.10-1\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-13 22:06+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Kai Wasserbäch <debian@carbon-project.org>\n" +"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Soll der BoxBackup-Client automatisch konfiguriert werden?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Die Paket-Konfigurations-Skripte können die Konfigurationsdateien für den " +"BoxBackup-Client erstellen." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Sie sollten diese Option wählen, falls Sie nicht mit den " +"Konfigurationsoptionen von BoxBackup vertraut sind." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Bitte lesen Sie für detaillierte Informationen zur Konfiguration des " +"BoxBackup-Clients die Datei /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "Betriebsmodus für den BoxBackup-Client:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "Der BoxBackup-Client unterstützt zwei Backup-Modi:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"Im »lazy«-Modus prüft der Sicherungsdienst das Dateisystem regelmäßig, um " +"veränderte Dateien zu finden. Dateien, die ein zuvor festgelegtes Alter " +"überschritten haben, werden auf den Sicherungsserver überspielt." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"Im »snapshot«-Modus wird die Sicherung in zuvor festgelegten Abständen " +"durchgeführt. Eine Cron-Datei (/etc/cron.d/backup-client) wird mit diesem " +"Paket ausgeliefert und sollte an die eigenen Anforderungen angepasst werden." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Kontennummer für diesen Knoten auf dem Sicherungsserver:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"Der Administrator des BoxBackup-Servers sollte diesem Client eine " +"hexadezimale Kontennummer zugewiesen haben." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Falls bislang noch keine Kontennummer zugewiesen wurde, lassen Sie dieses " +"Feld frei und konfigurieren Sie die Option später durch Ausführen des " +"Befehls »dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client« als root." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Ungültige Kontennummer" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "" +"Die Kontennummer muss hexadezimal sein (wie zum Beispiel 1F04 oder 4500)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Vollständiger Domainname des Sicherungsservers:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" +"Bitte geben Sie den durch Ihren Client zu verwendenden vollständigen " +"Domainnamen des BoxBackup-Servers an." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "Der Client wird sich mit dem Server auf dem TCP-Port 2201 verbinden." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Liste der zu sichernden Verzeichnisse:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Bitte geben Sie die auf den entfernten Server zu sichernden Verzeichnisse " +"als durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste ein." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Diese Verzeichnisse sollten in keinem Unterverzeichnis ein eingebundenes " +"Dateisystem enthalten." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Ungültige Pfadangabe" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" +"Die Pfade zu den Verzeichnissen müssen absolut sein und durch Leerzeichen " +"getrennt angegeben werden." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Zum Beispiel: /home/meinkonto /etc/" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Intervall (in Sekunden) zwischen Verzeichnisüberprüfungen:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup überprüft die ausgewählten Verzeichnisse von Zeit zu Zeit auf " +"modifizierte Dateien." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie das Überprüfungsintervall in Sekunden." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Mindestwartezeit (in Sekunden) vor dem Hochladen einer Datei:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Eine Datei wird erst eine bestimmte Zeit nach der letzten Modifikation auf " +"den Server übertragen." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Kleine Intervalle resultieren in häufigeren Uploads auf den Server. Dabei " +"werden mehr Revisionen angelegt und alte früher gelöscht." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Maximale Wartezeit (in Sekunden) bevor eine Datei hochgeladen wird:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"Häufig modifizierte Dateien werden wahrscheinlich nie auf den Server " +"übertragen, falls sie die minimale Wartezeit nicht erreichen." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Bitte geben sie die Zeit ein, die maximal erreicht werden darf, bevor das " +"Hochladen einer Datei erzwungen wird." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Ungültige Zeit eingegeben" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Bitte geben Sie einen ganzzahligen Wert größer Null ein." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Empfänger für Alarmmeldungen:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"Der BoxBackup-Client versendet Alarmmeldungen, wenn während des Sicherns ein " +"Problem auftritt." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Bitte geben Sie entweder einen lokalen Benutzernamen (zum Beispiel »root«) " +"oder eine E-Mail-Adresse (zum Beispiel »admin@example.org«) ein." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" +"Soll der private Schlüssel für den Client und der X.509-Zertifikat-Anfrage " +"erzeugt werden?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"Der BoxBackup-Client benötigt einen privaten RSA-Schlüssel und das " +"zugehörige X.509-Zertifikat, um sich gegenüber dem Server authentifizieren " +"zu können." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Beides kann automatisch erzeugt werden. Sie müssen die Zertifikatanfrage an " +"den Administrator des BoxBackup-Servers senden, der dieses dann signieren " +"und Ihnen zusammen mit dem Certification-Authority-Zertifikat des Servers " +"zurücksenden wird." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Diese Dateien sollten in das Konfigurationsverzeichnis von BoxBackup kopiert " +"werden. Die zu verwendenden Dateinamen werden in /etc/boxbackup/bbacupd.conf " +"angegeben." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Soll BoxBackup automatisch konfiguriert werden?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"Die im Paket enthaltenen Konfigurationskripte können die Konfiguration für " +"den BoxBackup-Server erzeugen." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Sie sollten diese Option wählen, falls Sie nicht mit den " +"Konfigurationsoptionen von BoxBackup vertraut sind. Die Konfiguration kann " +"mit Hilfe der Skripte »raidfile-config« und »bbstored-config« manuell " +"vorgenommen werden." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Der Server wird nicht starten, falls er nicht konfiguriert wurde. In jedem " +"Fall wird empfohlen, /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian zu lesen." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "Ort der RAID-Verzeichnisse:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie den Ort für die drei RAID-Datei-Verzeichnisse aus." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"Um die RAID-Funktion zu aktivieren, sollte eine durch Leerzeichen getrennte " +"Liste dreier Partitionen eingegeben werden. Jede dieser Partitionen sollten " +"auf einem anderen physischen Laufwerk sein (zum Beispiel »/raid/0.0 /" +"raid/0.1 /raid/0.2«)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie die RAID-Funktion nicht aktivieren wollen, geben Sie einfach einen " +"Pfad zu einem Verzeichnis an, in dem die Sicherungskopien gespeichert werden " +"sollen (zum Beispiel /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Diese Verzeichnisse werden angelegt, sollten sie nicht existieren." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Ungültige Pfadnamen" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Zum Beispiel: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Blockgröße für das im Benutzerbereich angesiedelte RAID-System:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "BoxBackup verwendet RAID-Techniken für den Benutzerbereich." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Bitte wählen Sie die zu verwendende Blockgröße zur Speicherung. Um maximale " +"Effizienz zu erreichen, sollten Sie die Blockgröße des darunterliegenden " +"Dateisystems wählen. Diese kann für Ext-Dateisysteme mit dem Befehl »tune2fs " +"-l« angezeigt werden." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Wert sollte auch dann angegeben werden, falls Sie kein RAID verwenden " +"wollen." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" +"Soll ein privater Server-Schlüssel und eine X.509-Zertifikatanfrage erzeugt " +"werden?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"Der BoxBackup-Server benötigt einen privaten RSA-Schlüssel und ein " +"zugehöriges X.509-Zertifikat, um die Client-Server-Authentifizierung " +"durchführen zu können und die Kommunikation zu verschlüsseln." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Beides kann automatisch erzeugt werden. Sie müssen das Zertifikat mit Ihrem " +"Wurzel-CA-Zertifikat signieren (siehe das Paket »boxbackup-utils«) und das " +"signierte Zertifikat sowie das Wurzel-CA-Zertifikat in Ihrem " +"Konfigurationsordner ablegen." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Ungültige Blockgröße." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "Die Blockgröße muss eine Potenz von Zwei sein (z.B. 1024 oder 4096)." diff --git a/debian/po/eu.po b/debian/po/eu.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a534584c --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/eu.po @@ -0,0 +1,526 @@ +# translation of boxbackup debconf to Basque +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# xabier bilbao <xabidu@gmail.com>, 2008. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup-eu\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-03 02:21+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xabier bilbao <xabidu@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: basque <debian-l10n-basque@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "BoxBackup bezeroa automatikoki konfiguratu behar al da?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Paketearen konfigurazio script-ek BoxBackup bezeroarentzako konfigurazio-" +"fitxategiak sor ditzakete." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Aukera hau hautatu beharko zenuke ez baldin badituzu Boxbackup-en " +"konfigurazio-aukerak ondo ezagutzen." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup bezeroaren konfigurazioaz xehetasun gehiago jakiteko, irakur " +"ezazu /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "BoxBackup bezeroaren exekuzio-modua:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "BoxBackup bezeroak bi modutara egin dezake babeskopia:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"'Lazy' (sinplifikatu) moduan, babeskopia-deabruak fitxategi-sistema aldiro " +"arakatuko du aldatutako fitxategien bila. Data jakin bat baino zaharragoak " +"diren fitxategiak babeskopien zerbitzarira igoko ditu." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"'Snapshot' (argazki) moduan, babeskopia aldiro exekutatuko da. Cron " +"fitxategi bat (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) dakar paketeak, norberaren " +"beharren arabera egokitu behar dena." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Nodo honentzako kontu-zenbakia babeskopien zerbitzarian:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"Bezero honek kontu-zenbaki hamaseitar bat izan behar luke BoxBackup " +"zerbitzariaren administratzaileak ezarririk." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Oraindik ez bazaio kontu-zenbakirik ezarri, utzi bete gabe arlo hau eta " +"konfigura ezazu geroago, 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' root gisa " +"exekutatuz." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Kontu-zenbaki baliogabea" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "" +"Zenbaki hamaseitarra izan behar da kontu-zenbakia (1F04 edo 4500 erakoa)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Babeskopia-zerbitzariaren guztiz kualifikaturiko domeinu-izena (FQDN):" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" +"Sar ezazu hemen zure bezeroak erabiliko duen BoxBackup zerbitzariaren guztiz " +"kualifikaturiko domeinu-izena." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "Bezeroa TCP 2201 atakan konektatuko da zerbitzarira." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Babeskopian gordetzeko direktorioen zerrenda:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Zerrenda itzazu, tarte soilez banatuta, urruneko zerbitzarian babeskopian " +"gordetzeko direktorioak." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Direktorio horiek ez lukete eduki behar muntatutako fitxategi-sistemarik " +"haien azpidirektorioetako edozein mailatan." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Bide-izen baliogabea" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" +"Direktorioetarako bide-izen absolutuak idatzi behar dira, tartez banaturik." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Adibidez: /home/nirekontua /etc/" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Denbora-tartea (segundotan) direktorioen arakatzeen artean:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup-ek aldiro arakatzen ditu aukeratu diren direktorioak, aldatutako " +"fitxategien bila." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Zehaztu ezazu arakatzea zenbatero egin behar den." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "" +"Fitxategi bat igo aurretik itxaron beharreko gutxieneko denbora (segundotan):" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Denbora jakin bat itxarongo du programak fitxategi bakoitza, aldaketak jaso " +"ondoren, zerbitzarira igo aurretik." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Arakatzeetarako denbora tarte txikiak ezarriz gero, sarri igoko dira " +"fitxategiak zerbitzarira, eta sarri berrituko dira babeskopiak, ondorioz " +"kopia zaharrak lehenago ezabatuz." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "" +"Fitxategi bakoitza igo aurretik itxaron beharreko gehienezko denbora " +"(segundotan):" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"Sarri aldatzen diren fitxategiak zerbitzarira inoiz ere igo gabe geldi " +"daitezke, ez badute gutxieneko denbora irauten aldatu gabe." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Sar ezazu itxaron beharreko gehienezko denbora aldatutako fitxategi bakoitza " +"zerbitzarira igo aurretik." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Denbora baliogabea sartu duzu" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Sar ezazu balio oso bat, zero baino handiagoa." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Alerta abisuen hartzailea:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup bezeroak alerta abisuak bidaltzen ditu babeskopia egitean arazoren " +"bat gertatzen denean." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Sar ezazu erabiltzaile-izen lokal bat (adibidez, 'root') edo eposta helbide " +"bat (adibidez, 'admin@adibidea.org')." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" +"Bezeroarentzako gako pribatua eta X.509 ziurtagiriaren eskaera sortzea nahi " +"duzu?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup bezeroak RSA gako pribatua eta hari dagokion X.509 ziurtagiria " +"behar ditu bere burua zerbitzarian egiaztatzeko." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Biak automatikoki sor daitezke. Ziurtagiri-eskaera BoxBackup zerbitzariko " +"administratzaileari bidali beharko diozu. Hark izenpetuko du eta atzera zuri " +"bidaliko dizu zerbitzariko Ziurtagiri Emailearen (CA) ziurtagiriarekin " +"batera." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Fitxategi horiek BoxBackup-en konfigurazio direktoriora kopiatu behar dira. " +"Fitxategiei eman beharreko izenak /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf fixategian " +"aurkituko dituzu." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "BoxBackup automatikoki konfiguratu?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"Paketearen konfigurazio script-ek BoxBackup zerbitzarirako konfigurazio-" +"fitxategiak sor ditzakete." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Hauta ezazu bide hau ez badituzu BoxBackup-en konfigurazio aukerak ondo " +"ezagutzen. Konfigurazioa eskuz egin daiteke 'raidfile-config' eta 'bbstored-" +"config' script-en bidez." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Zerbitzaria ez da abiatuko konfiguraturik ez badago. Zure kasua edozein dela " +"ere, gomendagarria da /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian " +"irakurtzea." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "RAID direktorioen kokalekua:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "Aukera ezazu hiru RAID fitxategi-direktorioen kokalekua." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"RAID kudeaketa gaitzeko, hiru partizioren zerrenda gisa eman behar dira " +"direktorio-izenak, tarte hutsez banaturik, eta direktorio bakoitza disko " +"gogor fisiko batean kokaturik (adibidez: '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"RAID kudeaketa gaitu nahi ez baduzu, nahikoa duzu direktorio baterako bidea " +"ematea, babeskopiak bertan gorde daitezen (adibidez, /usr/local/lib/" +"boxbackup)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Direktorio hauek sortu egingo dira aurretik ez badaude." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Bide-izen baliogabeak" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Adibidez: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Userland (erabiltzaile-eremuko) RAID sistemarako bloke-tamaina:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "Boxbackup-ek userland (erabiltzaile-eremuko) RAID sistema darabil." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Aukera ezazu biltegiratzerako erabiliko den bloke-tamaina. Eraginkortasun " +"handiena lortzeko, aukera ezazu azpiko fitxategi-sistemak duen bloke-tamaina " +"bera (hura zein den ikusteko 'tune2fs -l' komandoa erabil daiteke ext2 " +"fitxategi-sistemen kasuan)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "Balio hau ezarri beharra dago, RAID erabiltzeko asmoa ez baduzu ere." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" +"Zerbitzarirako gako pribatua eta X.509 ziurtagiriaren eskaera sortzea nahi " +"duzu?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup bezeroak RSA gako pribatua eta hari dagokion X.509 ziurtagiria " +"behar ditu bezero/zerbitzari egiaztapena eta komunikazio-enkriptazioa " +"gauzatzeko." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Automatikoki sor daitezke biak. Horretarako, ziurtagiria sinatu beharko dizu " +"zure Ziurtagiri Emaile (CA) nagusiak (ikus boxbackup-utils paketea) eta " +"sinaturiko ziurtagiria, root (erro) CAren ziurtagiriarekin batera, " +"konfigurazio-karpetan kokatu beharko duzu." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Bloke-tamaina baliogabea" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "Bloke-tamainak biren berredura izan behar du (adb. 1024 edo 4096)." diff --git a/debian/po/fi.po b/debian/po/fi.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d5c3a03 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/fi.po @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-03 23:20+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Esko Arajärvi <edu@iki.fi>\n" +"Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Finnish\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: FINLAND\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Tulisiko BoxBackup-asiakkaan asetukset tehdä automaattisesti?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup-asiakkaan asetustiedostot voidaan luoda paketin " +"asetuskomentosarjoilla." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "Valitse tämä, jos BoxBackupin asetusvalitsimet eivät ole tuttuja." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Lisätietoja BoxBackup-asiakkaan asetuksista löytyy tiedostosta /usr/share/" +"doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "BoxBackup-asiakkaan ajotapa:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "BoxBackup-asiakas tukee kahdenlaisia varmuuskopioita:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"Laiska tapa (”lazy”) tarkoittaa, että taustaohjelma säännöllisesti etsii " +"tiedostojärjestelmästä muuttuneita tiedostoja. Tämän jälkeen tiettyä ikää " +"vanhemmat tiedostot kopioidaan varmuuskopiopalvelimelle." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"Levykuvatapa (”snapshot”) tarkoittaa, että varmuuskopio otetaan säännöllisin " +"aikavälein. Paketissa on mukana cron-tiedosto (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-" +"client), joka tulisi mukauttaa tarpeisiin." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Tämän solmun tilinumero varmuuskopiopalvelimella:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup-palvelimen ylläpitäjän olisi tullut antaa tälle asiakkaalle " +"heksadesimaalinen tilinumero." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Jos tilinumeroa ei ole vielä annettu, jätä kenttä tyhjäksi ja aseta se " +"myöhemmin ajamalla pääkäyttäjänä komento ”dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client”." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Virheellinen tilinumero" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "Tilinumeron tulee olla heksadesimaaliluku (kuten 1F04 tai 4500)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Varmuuskopiopalvelimen täydellinen verkkonimi:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "Anna asiakkaan käyttämän BoxBackup-palvelimen täydellinen verkkonimi." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "Asiakas ottaa yhteyden palvelimen TCP-porttiin 2201." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Hakemistot, joista otetaan varmuuskopiot:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Anna välilyönnein eroteltu lista hakemistoista, joista tehdään varmuuskopiot " +"etäpalvelimelle." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Näiden hakemistojen ei tulisi sisältää liitettyjä tiedostojärjestelmiä " +"millään alihakemistojen tasolla." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Virheellinen polku" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" +"Hakemistojen polkujen tulee olla täydellisiä ja ne tulee erottaa toisistaan " +"välilyönnein." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Esimerkiksi: /home/omahakemisto /etc/" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Hakemistojen skannausten välinen aika (sekunteina):" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup säännöllisesti skannaa valitut hakemistot etsien muutettuja " +"tiedostoja." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Anna skannausten aikaväli sekunteina." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Vähimmäisodotusaika (sekunteina) ennen tiedoston kopioimista:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Tiedosto kopioidaan palvelimelle vasta, kun sen viimeisimmästä muokkauksesta " +"on kulunut tietty aika." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Lyhyt aika-arvo aiheuttaa tiheitä kopiointeja palvelimelle, jolloin luodaan " +"useampia versioita ja vanhemmat versiot poistetaan aiemmin." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Enimmäisodotusaika (sekunteina) ennen tiedoston kopioimista:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"Usein muokattuja tiedostoja ei kopioida koskaan talteen, jos muokkausten " +"välissä ei ole vähimmäisodotusaikaa." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Anna enimmäisaika, jonka jälkeen muokattu tiedosto kopioidaan pakolla " +"palvelimelle." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Virheellinen aika annettu" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Anna nollaa suurempi kokonaisluku." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Varoitusviestien vastaanottaja:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup-asiakas lähettää varoitusviestejä, kun varmuuskopioiden otossa " +"ilmenee ongelmia." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Anna joko paikallinen käyttäjätunnus (esimerkiksi ”root”) tai " +"sähköpostiosoite (esimerkiksi ”admin@example.org”)." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Luodaanko salattu asiakasavain ja X.509-varmennepyyntö?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup-asiakas tarvitsee salatun RSA-avaimen ja sitä vastaavan X.509-" +"varmenteen tunnistautuakseen palvelimelle." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Molemmat voidaan luoda automaattisesti. Varmennepyyntö tulee lähettää " +"BoxBackup-palvelimen ylläpitäjälle, joka allekirjoittaa sen ja lähettää sen " +"takaisin palvelimen varmentaja-varmenteen kanssa." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Nämä tiedostot tulisi kopioida BoxBackupin asetustiedostoon. Käytettävät " +"tiedostonimet on annettu tiedostossa /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Tulisiko BoxBackupin asetukset tehdä automaattisesti?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup-palvelimen asetustiedostot voidaan luoda paketin " +"asetuskomentosarjoilla." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Valitse tämä, jos BoxBackupin asetusvalitsimet eivät ole tuttuja. Asetukset " +"voidaan tehdä käsin komentosarjoilla ”raidfile-config” ja ”bbstored-config”." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Palvelin ei käynnisty ennen kuin sen asetukset on tehty. On joka tapauksessa " +"suositeltavaa lukea tiedosto /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "RAID-hakemistojen sijainti:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "Anna kolmen RAID-tiedostohakemiston sijainnit." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"RAIDin ottaminen käyttöön vaatii, että annetut hakemistot ovat kolmen, eri " +"fyysisillä kovalevyillä sijaitsevan osion välilyönnein eroteltu lista. " +"(esimerkiksi: ”/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2”)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"Jos RAIDia ei haluta käyttää, anna vain yhden hakemiston polku (esimerkiksi: " +"”/usr/local/lib/boxbackup”). Varmuuskopiot tallennetaan tänne." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Nämä hakemistot luodaan, jos niitä ei vielä ole olemassa." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Virheellisiä polkuja" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Esimerkiksi: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Userland RAID -järjestelmien lohkokoko:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "BoxBackup käyttää userland RAID -tekniikoita." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Valitse varastossa käytettävä lohkokoko. Paras tehokkuus saadaan, jos " +"lohkokoko on sama kuin alla olevassa tiedostojärjestelmässä (joka saadaan " +"ext2-tiedostojärjestelmässä näkyviin komennolla ”tune2fs -l”)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "Tämä arvo tulisi asettaa, vaikka RAIDia ei aiottaisi käyttää." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Luodaanko salainen palvelinavain ja X.509-varmennepyyntö?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup-palvelin tarvitsee salaisen RSA-avaimen ja sitä vastaavan X.509-" +"varmenteen asiakkaiden ja palvelimen väliseen tunnistautumiseen ja " +"viestinnän salaamiseen." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Molemmat voidaan luoda automaattisesti. Varmenne tulee allekirjoittaa " +"juurivarmenteella (”root CA”, katso pakettia boxbackup-utils). " +"Allekirjoitettu varmenne ja juurivarmenne tulee laittaa ohjelman " +"asetustiedostoon." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Virheellinen lohkokoko" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "Lohkokoon tulee olla kahden potenssi (esim. 1024 tai 4096)." diff --git a/debian/po/fr.po b/debian/po/fr.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd5f8789 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,525 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2007, Vincent Bernat <bernat@luffy.cx> +# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package. +# +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup_0.10-1\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-26 07:42+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Vincent Bernat <bernat@luffy.cx>\n" +"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Faut-il automatiquement configurer le client BoxBackup ?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Les scripts de configuration de ce paquet peuvent créer les fichiers de " +"configuration pour le client BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Vous devriez utiliser cette option si les options de configuration de " +"BoxBackup ne vous sont pas familières." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez consulter le fichier /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian " +"pour obtenir des détails sur la configuration du client BoxBackup." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "Mode d'exécution pour le client BoxBackup :" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "Le client BoxBackup gère deux modes de sauvegarde :" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"Avec le mode simplifié (« lazy »), le démon de sauvegarde recherchera " +"régulièrement les fichiers modifiés sur le système. Il enverra les fichiers " +"plus anciens qu'un âge donné au serveur de sauvegarde." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"Avec le mode instantané (« snapshot »), la sauvegarde sera lancée " +"explicitement à intervalles réguliers. Le fichier /etc/cron.d/boxbackup-" +"client pour le démon cron est fourni avec le paquet et devra être adapté à " +"vos besoins." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Numéro de compte pour ce nœud sur le serveur de sauvegarde :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"L'administrateur de BoxBackup doit assigner à ce client un numéro de compte " +"en hexadécimal." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Si aucun numéro de compte n'est encore assigné, laissez ce champ vide et " +"remplissez le plus tard en lançant la commande « dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-" +"client » en tant qu'utilisateur root." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Numéro de compte invalide" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "" +"Le numéro de compte doit être un nombre en hexadécimal (comme 1F04 ou 4500)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Nom d'hôte complet (FQDN) du serveur de sauvegarde :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez indiquer le nom d'hôte complet (FQDN) du serveur BoxBackup que " +"votre client doit utiliser." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "Le client se connectera sur le port TCP 2201 du serveur." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Liste des répertoires à sauvegarder :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez indiquer une liste de répertoires, séparés par des espaces, à " +"sauvegarder sur le serveur distant." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Ces répertoires ne doivent pas contenir de systèmes de fichiers montés dans " +"l'un de leurs sous-répertoires, quelle que soit la profondeur." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Chemin invalide" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" +"Ces répertoires doivent être indiqués sous forme de chemins absolus et " +"séparés par des espaces." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Exemple : /home/myaccount /etc/." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Intervalle (en secondes) entre deux parcours du répertoire :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup parcourt régulièrement les répertoires sélectionnés à la recherche " +"de fichiers modifiés." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Veuillez choisir l'intervalle entre deux parcours en secondes." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Temps minimum à attendre (en secondes) avant d'envoyer un fichier :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Un fichier est envoyé au serveur uniquement après un certain temps après sa " +"date de dernière modification." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Un intervalle faible provoquera des envois fréquents vers le serveur et des " +"versions successives en grand nombre. Les versions plus anciennes seront " +"également supprimées plus tôt." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Délai maximum (en secondes) avant d'envoyer un fichier :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"Des fichiers fréquemment modifiés risquent de ne jamais être envoyés si le " +"temps minimal avant envoi n'est jamais atteint." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez indiquer le délai maximum à attendre avant de forcer l'envoi d'un " +"fichier vers le serveur." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Délai non valable" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Veuillez indiquer un entier strictement positif." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Destinataire des notifications d'alertes :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"Le client BoxBackup envoie des notifications d'alertes quand un problème " +"survient lors d'une sauvegarde." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez soit indiquer un identifiant local (par exemple « root ») ou une " +"adresse de courrier électronique (par exemple « admin@example.org »)." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" +"Faut-il créer la clef privée et la demande de certificat X.509 du client ?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"Le client BoxBackup a besoin d'une clef privée RSA et d'un certificat X.509 " +"correspondant pour s'authentifier auprès du serveur." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Tous deux peuvent être créés automatiquement. Vous devrez envoyer la demande " +"de certificat à l'administrateur du serveur BoxBackup qui la signera et vous " +"la renverra accompagnée du certificat de l'autorité de certification (CA) du " +"serveur." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Ces fichiers doivent être copiés dans le répertoire de configuration de " +"BoxBackup. Les noms de fichier à utiliser sont indiqués dans le fichier /etc/" +"boxbackup/bbackupd.conf." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Faut-il automatiquement configurer BoxBackup ?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"Les scripts de configuration de ce paquet peuvent créer les fichiers de " +"configuration pour le serveur BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Vous devriez utiliser cette option si les options de configuration de " +"BoxBackup ne vous sont pas familières. Vous pouvez aussi configurer le " +"serveur vous-même à l'aide des scripts « raidfile-config » et « bbstored-" +"config »." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Le serveur ne démarrera pas s'il n'est pas configuré. Dans tous les cas, la " +"lecture de /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian est recommandée." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "Emplacement des répertoires RAID :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "Veuillez choisir l'emplacement des trois répertoires RAID." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la gestion RAID, veuillez indiquer, séparés par des espaces, " +"les noms de trois partitions situées sur des disques physiques différents " +"(par exemple : « /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2 »)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne voulez pas activer la gestion du RAID, indiquez seulement le " +"chemin d'un répertoire où les sauvegardes seront stockées (par exemple, /usr/" +"local/lib/boxbackup)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Ces répertoires seront créés s'ils n'existent pas." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Chemins non valables" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Par exemple : /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Taille des blocs pour le système RAID en espace utilisateur :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "BoxBackup utilise un système de RAID en espace utilisateur." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez choisir une taille de blocs pour le stockage. Pour une efficacité " +"maximale, vous devriez choisir la même taille de blocs que le système de " +"fichiers sous-jacent (que vous pouvez obtenir, pour les systèmes de fichiers " +"ext2 et ext3, avec la commande « tune2fs -l »)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "" +"Cette valeur est nécessaire même si vous ne comptez pas utiliser le RAID." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" +"Faut-il créer une clef privée et une demande de certificat X.509 pour le " +"serveur ?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"Le serveur BoxBackup a besoin d'une clef privée RSA et du certificat X.509 " +"correspondant pour l'authentification et le chiffrement entre le client et " +"le serveur." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Ces deux éléments peuvent être créés automatiquement. Vous aurez besoin de " +"faire signer le certificat par votre autorité de certification principale " +"(voir le paquet boxbackup-utils) et de placer le certificat signé accompagné " +"du certificat du CA racine dans le répertoire de configuration." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Taille de blocs non valable" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "" +"La taille d'un bloc doit être une puissance de deux (par exemple 1024 ou " +"4096)." diff --git a/debian/po/gl.po b/debian/po/gl.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc3ac2f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/gl.po @@ -0,0 +1,515 @@ +# Galician translation of boxbackup's debconf templates +# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package. +# Jacobo Tarrio <jtarrio@debian.org>, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-31 18:06+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio <jtarrio@debian.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto@trasno.net>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "¿Quere configurar o cliente BoxBackup de xeito automático?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Os scripts de configuración do paquete poden crear os ficheiros de " +"configuración do cliente BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Debería escoller esta opción se non está afeito ás opcións de configuración " +"de BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Consulte o ficheiro /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian para máis " +"información sobre a configuración do cliente BoxBackup." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "Modo de execución do cliente BoxBackup:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "O cliente BoxBackup soporta dous modos de copia de seguridade:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"No modo \"preguiceiro\" (\"lazy\"), o servizo de copias de seguridade ha " +"explorar periodicamente o sistema de ficheiros á busca de ficheiros " +"modificados. Despois ha copiar ao servidor os ficheiros máis vellos dunha " +"determinada idade." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"No modo \"imaxe\" (\"snapshot\"), a copia de seguridade hase facer a " +"intervalos regulares. Fornécese un ficheiro cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-" +"client) co paquete, que se debe adaptar ás súas necesidades." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Número de conta para este nodo no servidor de copias de seguridade:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"O administrador do servidor BoxBackup debeulle asignar a este cliente un " +"número de conta hexadecimal." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Se non se asignou aínda ningún número de conta, deixe este campo baleiro e " +"configúreo máis adiante executando \"dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client\" " +"coma administrador." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Número de conta non válido" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "O número de conta debe ser un número hexadecimal (coma 1F04 ou 4500)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Nome de dominio completo do servidor de copias de seguridade:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" +"Introduza o nome de dominio completo do servidor BoxBackup que ha empregar o " +"cliente." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "O cliente hase conectar ao servidor no porto TCP 2201." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Lista de directorios a copiar:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Introduza unha lista de nomes de directorios a copiar no servidor remoto, " +"separados por espazos." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Eses directorios non deberían conter sistemas de ficheiros montados en " +"ningún nivel dos seus subdirectorios." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Ruta non válida" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" +"As rutas dos directorios deben ser rutas absolutas, separadas por espazos." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Por exemplo: /home/conta /etc/" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Intervalo (en segundos) entre as exploracións dos directorios:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup explora periodicamente os directorios seleccionados, á busca de " +"ficheiros modificados." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Escolla o intervalo de exploración en segundos." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Tempo mínimo a agardar (en segundos) antes de copiar un ficheiro:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Só se ha copiar un ficheiro ao servidor despois de que pase un certo tempo " +"trala súa última modificación." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Unha periodicidade curta de máis ha causar actualizacións frecuentes no " +"servidor e a creación de máis revisións, o que ha facer que se eliminen " +"antes as revisións antigas." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Tempo máximo a agardar (en segundos) antes de copiar un ficheiro:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"É posible que os ficheiros que se modifican con frecuencia non se copien " +"nunca se nunca chegan ao tempo de espera mínimo." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Introduza o tempo máximo a agardar antes de forzar a copia dun ficheiro " +"modificado ao servidor." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Introduciuse un tempo non válido" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Introduza un número enteiro maior que cero." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Destinatario para os avisos das alertas:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"O cliente BoxBackup envía alertas cando hai un problema durante a copia de " +"seguridade." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Introduza un nome de usuario local (por exemplo, \"root\") ou un enderezo de " +"email (por exemplo, \"admin@exemplo.org\")." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "¿Xerar a clave privada e a solicitude de certificado X.509 do cliente?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"O cliente BoxBackup precisa dunha clave privada RSA e o certificado X.509 " +"correspondente para se autenticar co servidor." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Pódense xerar os dous automaticamente. Ha ter que enviar a solicitude de " +"certificado ao administrador do servidor BoxBackup, que a ha asinar e lla ha " +"enviar de volta co certificado de Autoridade Certificadora do servidor." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Debe copiar eses ficheiros ao directorio de configuración de BoxBackup. Os " +"nomes de ficheiro a empregar figuran no ficheiro /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd." +"conf." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "¿Quere configurar BoxBackup de xeito automático?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"Os scripts de configuración do paquete poden crear os ficheiros de " +"configuración do servidor BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Debería escoller esta opción se non está afeito ás opcións de configuración " +"de BoxBackup. Pódese facer a configuración cos scripts \"raidfile-config\" e " +"\"bbstored-config\"." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Non se ha iniciar o servidor se non está configurado. En tódolos casos, " +"recoméndase ler o ficheiro /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "Ubicación dos directorios RAID:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "Indique a ubicación dos tres directorios de ficheiros RAID." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"Para activar o RAID, os nomes dos directorios deben ser unha lista con tres " +"particións separadas por espazos, cada unha delas nun disco duro físico " +"diferente (por exemplo, \"/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2\")." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"Se non quere activar o RAID, indique a ruta a un só directorio no que " +"armacenar as copias de seguridade (por exemplo, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Hanse crear eses directorios se non existen." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Rutas non válidas" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Por exemplo: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Tamaño de bloque para o sistema de RAID de nivel de usuario:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "BoxBackup emprega técnicas de RAID de nivel de usuario." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Escolla o tamaño de bloque a empregar para o armacenamento. Para alcanzar a " +"máxima eficiencia, debería escoller o tamaño de bloque do sistema de " +"ficheiros (que se pode ver, para os sistemas de ficheiros ext2, coa orde " +"\"tune2fs -l\")." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "Debería configurar este valor incluso se non quere empregar RAID." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" +"¿Xerar a clave privada e a solicitude de certificado X.509 do servidor?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"O servidor BoxBackup precisa dunha clave privada RSA e o certificado X.509 " +"correspondente para realizar a autenticación do cliente e o cifrado das " +"comunicacións." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Pódense xerar os dous automaticamente. Ha ter que asinar o certificado coa " +"CA raíz (vexa o paquete boxbackup-utils) e poñer este certificado asinado e " +"o certificado da CA raíz no directorio de configuración." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Tamaño de bloque non válido" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "" +"O tamaño de bloque debe ser unha potencia de 2 (por exemplo, 1024 ou 4096)." diff --git a/debian/po/pt.po b/debian/po/pt.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5220794 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/pt.po @@ -0,0 +1,518 @@ +# pt translation of boxbackup. +# Copyright (C) 2008 THE BOXBACKUP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package. +# Bruno Queirós <bqueiros@gmail.com>, 2008. +# +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-31 20:05+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Bruno Queirós <brunoqueiros@portugalmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "O cliente BoxBackup deve ser configurado automaticamente?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Os scripts de configuração do pacote podem criar os ficheiros de " +"configuração para o cliente do BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Deve escolher esta opção se não está familiarizado com as opções de " +"configuração do BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Por favor leia /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian para detalhes " +"acerca da configuração do cliente BoxBackup." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "Modo de execução para o cliente BoxBackup:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "O cliente BoxBackup suporta dois modos de backup:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"No modo 'lazy', o deamon de backup irá pesquisar regularmente o sistema de " +"ficheiros à procura de ficheiros modificados. De seguida envia os ficheiros " +"que sejam mais antigos que uma data especificada para o servidor de backup." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"No modo 'snapshot' o backup será executado explicitamente em intervalos " +"regulares. Um ficheiro cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) é fornecido " +"juntamente com o pacote e deve ser adaptado às suas necessidades." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Número de conta para este nó no servidor de backups:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"O administrador do servidor BoxBackup deve ter atribuído a este cliente um " +"número de conta em hexadecimal." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Se ainda não foi atribuído nenhum número de conta, deixe este campo em " +"branco e configure-o mais tarde executando 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-" +"client' como root." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Número de conta inválido" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "O número de conta deve ser um número hexadecimal (como 1F04 ou 4500)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Nome completo do domínio do servidor de backups:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" +"Por favor introduza o nome completo do domínio do sevidor BoxBackup que o " +"seu cliente irá utilizar." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "O cliente irá ligar-se o servidor por TCP na porta 2201." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Lista dos directórios para backup:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Por favor forneça uma lista de directórios separados por um espaço para " +"serem copiados para o servidor remoto." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Esses directórios não devem conter sistemas de ficheiros montados em nenhum " +"nível dos seus subdirectórios." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Nome de localização inválido" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" +"Os nomes das localizações têm que ser nomes de localização absolutos, " +"separados por espaços." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Por exemplo: /home/minhaconta /etc/" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Intervalo (em segundos) entre pesquisas de directórios:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"O BoxBackup pesquisa regularmente os directórios seleccionados, à procura de " +"ficheiros modificados." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Por favor escolha o intervalo de pesquisa em segundos." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Tempo mínimo de espera (em segundos) antes de carregar um ficheiro:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Um ficheiro será carregado para o servidor apenas após ter passado um certo " +"tempo depois da sua última modificação." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Baixos valores de intervalo irão activar carregamentos frequentes para o " +"servidor e serão criadas mais revisões e as revisões mais antigas são " +"removidas mais cedo." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Tempo máximo de espera (em segundos) antes de carregar um ficheiro:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"Ficheiros que são frequentemente modificados raramente são carregados se " +"eles não atingirem o mínimo tempo de espera." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Por favor introduza o tempo máximo a atingir antes que o carregamento de um " +"ficheiro modificado para o servidor seja forçado." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Introduzido tempo inválido" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Por favor introduza um valor inteiro não nulo." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Destinatário para as notificações de alerta:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"O cliente BoxBackup envia notificações de alerta quando ocorre um problema " +"durante o backup." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Por favor introduza ou um nome de utilizador local (por exemplo 'root') ou " +"um endereço de email (por exemplo 'admin@example.org')." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Gerar uma chave privada do cliente e o pedido de certificado X.509?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"O cliente BoxBackup precisa de uma chave privada RSA e o correspondente " +"certificado X.509 para se autenticar com o servidor." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Ambos podem ser gerados automaticamente. Você precisa de enviar o pedido de " +"certificado para o administrador do servidor BoxBackup que o irá assinar e " +"enviá-lo de volta para si juntamente com o certificado 'Certification " +"Authority' (CA) do servidor." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Estes ficheiros devem ser copiados para o directório de configuração do " +"BoxBackup. Os nomes de ficheiros a utilizar são dados no ficheiro /etc/" +"boxbackup/bbackupd.conf." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "O BoxBackup deve ser configurado automaticamente?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"Os scripts de configuração do pacote podem criar os ficheiros de " +"configuração para o servidor BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Deve escolher esta opção se não estiveir familiarizado com as opções de " +"configuração do BoxBackup. A configuração pode ser feita manualmente com os " +"scripts 'raidfile-config' e 'bbstored-config'." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"O servidor não irá funcionar se não estiver configurado. Em todos os casos, " +"érecomendado ler o /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "Localização dos directórios RAID:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "" +"Por favor escolha a localização dos três directórios de ficheiros RAID." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"Para activar o RAID, os nomes dos directórios devem ser uma lista separada " +"por um espaço de três particções, cada uma em discos rígidos diferentes (por " +"exemplo: '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"Se não deseja activar o RAID, simplesmente especifique uma localização para " +"um directório onde os backups serão armazenados ( por exemplo, /usr/local/" +"lib/boxbackup)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Estes directórios devem ser criados caso não existam." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Nomes de localização inválidos" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Por exemplo: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Tamanho do bloco para a userland do sistema RAID:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "BoxBackup usa técnicas userland RAID." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Por favor escolha o tamanho do bloco para utilizar no armazenamento. Para " +"uma eficiência máxima, deverá escolher o tamanho do bloco do sistema de " +"ficheiros que utiliza (o qual pode ser visualizado com o comando 'tune2fs -" +"l')." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "Este valor deve ser introduzido mesmo que não tencione usar RAID." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Gerar uma chave privada do servidor e o pedido de certificado X.509?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"O servidor BoxBackup precisa de uma chave privada RSA e o correspondente " +"certificado X.509 para executar autenticações cliente-servidor e encriptação " +"de comunicação." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Ambos podem ser gerados automaticamente. Precisará de assinar o certificado " +"com o seu root CA (veja o pacote boxbackup-utils) e ponha este certificado " +"assinado e o certificado root CA na pasta de configuração." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Tamanho de bloco inválido" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "O tamanho do bloco deve ser uma potência de 2 (e.g. 1024 ou 4096)." diff --git a/debian/po/ru.po b/debian/po/ru.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb70ad7f --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/ru.po @@ -0,0 +1,518 @@ +# translation of ru.po to Russian +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2008. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup new\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-06 21:51+0400\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Настроить клиента BoxBackup автоматически?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Сценарии настройки пакета могут создать файлы настройки клиента BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны ответить утвердительно, если не знакомы параметрами настройки " +"BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Подробное описание по настройке клиента BoxBackup дано в файле /usr/share/" +"doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "Режим запуска клиента BoxBackup:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "Клиент BoxBackup поддерживает два режима резервного копирования:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"В режиме 'lazy' служба резервного копирования регулярно сканирует файловую " +"систему, ища изменившиеся файлы. Затем она закачивает файлы на сервер, если " +"они новее, чем на сервере (срок можно настроить)." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"В режиме 'snapshot' резервное копирование выполняется через одинаковые " +"интервалы. В пакете есть файл задания cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client), " +"который должен быть изменён под ваши нужды." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Учётный номер этого узла на сервере резервного копирования:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"Администратор сервера BoxBackup должен назначить этому клиенту " +"шестнадцатеричный учётный номер." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Если учётный номер ещё не назначен, оставьте это поле пустым, и настройте " +"его позже, запустив команду 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' с правами " +"суперпользователя." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Неверный учётный номер" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "" +"Учётный номер должен указываться в виде шестнадцатеричного числа (например, " +"1F04 или 4500)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Полностью определённое доменное имя сервера резервного копирования:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" +"Введите полностью определённое доменное имя сервера BoxBackup, который будет " +"использовать клиент." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "Клиент будет подключаться к серверу по TCP-порту 2201." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Список каталогов для резервного копирования:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Задайте через пробел список каталогов, для которых будет выполняться " +"резервное копирование на удалённый сервер." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Эти каталоги не должны содержать смонтированных файловых систем в своих " +"подкаталогах." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Неверный путь" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" +"Пути к каталогам должны указываться в виде абсолютных путей и разделяться " +"пробелами." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Пример: /home/myaccount /etc/" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Интервал (в секундах) между сканированиями:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"BoxBackup регулярно сканирует указанные каталоги, ища изменившиеся файлы." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Введите промежуток между сканированиями в секундах." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Минимальное время ожидания (в секундах) перед закачкой файла:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Файл будет закачан на сервер только по прошествии определённого времени с " +"момента его последнего изменения." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Короткий интервал приводит к частым закачкам на сервер и созданию большого " +"числа версий и скорому удалению предыдущих версий." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Максимальное время ожидания (в секундах) перед закачкой файла:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"Часто изменяемые файлы, скорее всего, никогда не будут закачаны, так как для " +"них никогда не наступит конец минимального интервала ожидания." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Введите максимальный интервал, после которого изменённый файл должен быть " +"принудительно закачан на сервер." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Указано неправильное время" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Введите целое число больше нуля." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Получатель уведомлений о сбоях:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"Клиент BoxBackup посылает уведомления о сбоях, если возникает проблема при " +"выполнении резервного копирования." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Введите имя локального пользователя (например, 'root') или адрес электронной " +"почты (например, 'admin@example.org')." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Генерировать клиентский секретный ключ и запрос сертификата X.509?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"Для аутентификации клиента BoxBackup на сервере требуется секретный ключ RSA " +"и соответствующий сертификат X.509." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Они могут быть сгенерированы автоматически. Вам нужно отправить запрос " +"сертификата администратору сервера BoxBackup, который его подпишет и " +"отправит вам обратно вместе сертификатом сервера от удостоверяющего центра." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Эти файлы нужно скопировать в каталог настройки BoxBackup. Имена файлов " +"задаются в файле /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Настроить BoxBackup автоматически?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"Сценарии настройки пакета могут создать файлы настройки сервера BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны ответить утвердительно, если не знакомы параметрами настройки " +"BoxBackup. Настройка может быть выполнена вручную с помощью сценариев " +"'raidfile-config' и 'bbstored-config'." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Сервер не запустится без настройки. В любом случае, прочитайте файл /usr/" +"share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "Расположение каталогов RAID:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "Введите расположение для трёх каталогов RAID." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы включить RAID, нужно указать имена каталогов трёх разделов через " +"пробел, каждый на отдельном физическом жёстком диске (например: '/raid/0.0 /" +"raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не хотите использовать RAID, просто укажите путь к одному каталогу, " +"где будут сохраняться резервные копии (например, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Если каталоги не существуют, то они будут созданы." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Неверные имена каталогов" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Например: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Размер блока пользовательской системы RAID:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "" +"В BoxBackup используются технологии RAID, работающие в пользовательском " +"окружении." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Введите размер блока хранилища. Для максимальной эффективности, вам нужно " +"указать размер блока файловой системы, на которой расположено хранилище (его " +"можно узнать, например, для файловой системы ext2, с помощью команды " +"'tune2fs -l')." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "" +"Это значение должно быть задано, даже если вы не планируете использовать " +"RAID." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Генерировать секретный ключ сервера и запрос сертификата X.509?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"Для аутентификации клиентов и шифрования передачи серверу BoxBackup " +"требуется секретный ключ RSA и соответствующий сертификат X.509." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Они могут быть сгенерированы автоматически. Вам нужно подписать сертификат в " +"корневом CA (смотрите пакет boxbackup-utils) и положить этот подписанный " +"сертификат и корневой сертификат CA в каталог с настройками." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Неверный размер блока" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "" +"Размер блока должен быть кратен степени двойки (например, 1024 или 4096)." diff --git a/debian/po/templates.pot b/debian/po/templates.pot new file mode 100644 index 00000000..895ace7b --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/templates.pot @@ -0,0 +1,445 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/debian/po/vi.po b/debian/po/vi.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..703b7ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/po/vi.po @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +# Vietnamese translation for BoxBackup. +# Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>, 2007 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-25 20:45+0930\n" +"Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: LocFactoryEditor 1.6.4a3\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Có nên tự động cấu hình ứng dụng khách BoxBackup không?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Các văn lệnh cấu hình gói có thể tạo những tập tin cấu hình cho ứng dụng " +"khách BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Bạn nên bật tùy chọn này nếu bạn chưa quen với các tùy chọn cấu hình của " +"BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details " +"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client." +msgstr "" +"Hãy đọc tài liệu Đọc Đi « /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian » để " +"tìm chi tiết về cấu hình của ứng dụng khách BoxBackup." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:" +msgstr "Chế độ chạy cho ứng dụng khách BoxBackup:" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:" +msgstr "Ứng dụng khách BoxBackup hỗ trợ hai chế độ sao lưu :" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as +#. these options are written as is in the software documentation +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system " +"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a " +"specified age to the backup server." +msgstr "" +"Trong chế độ « làm biếng », trình nền sao lưu sẽ quét đều đặn hệ thống tập " +"tin tìm tập tin bị sửa đổi. Nó sẽ cũng tải lên máy phục vụ sao lưu mỗi tập " +"tin cũ hơn thời gian đã xác định." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular " +"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the " +"package and should be adapted to suit your needs." +msgstr "" +"Trong chế độ « chụp hiện trạng », việc sao lưu sẽ được chạy dứt khoát theo " +"mỗi khoảng đều đặn. Một tập tin định kỳ cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) " +"có sẵn với gói này và nên được sửa đổi để thích hợp với như cầu của bạn." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:" +msgstr "Số tài khoản cho nút này trên máy phục vụ sao lưu :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a " +"hexadecimal account number." +msgstr "" +"Quản trị của máy phục vụ sao lưu nên đã gán cho ứng dụng khách này một số " +"hiệu tài khoản kiểu thập lục." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and " +"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root." +msgstr "" +"Chưa gán số hiệu tài khoản thì bỏ rỗng trường này và cấu hình sau bằng cách " +"chạy lệnh « dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client » với quyền người chủ." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "Invalid account number" +msgstr "Số hiệu tài khoản không hợp lệ" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001 +msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)." +msgstr "Số hiệu tài khoản phải là con số thập lục (v.d. 1F04 hay 4500)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:" +msgstr "Tên miền có khả năng đầy đủ của máy phục vụ sao lưu :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which " +"your client will use." +msgstr "" +"Hãy nhập vào tên miền có khả năng đầy đủ (FQDN) của máy phục vụ Boxbackup " +"cần sử dụng." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001 +msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201." +msgstr "Ứng dụng khách sẽ kết nối tới máy phục vụ trên cổng TCP 2201." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "List of directories to backup:" +msgstr "Danh sách thư mục cần sao lưu :" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the " +"remote server." +msgstr "" +"Hãy đưa ra một danh sách định giới bằng dấu cách chứa những thư mục cần sao " +"lưu vào máy phục vụ từ xa." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001 +msgid "" +"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in " +"their subdirectories." +msgstr "" +"Những thư mục này không nên chứa hệ thống tập tin đã lắp ở cấp nào trong thư " +"mục con." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "Invalid path name" +msgstr "Tên đường dẫn không hợp lệ" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "" +"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by " +"spaces." +msgstr "" +"Mỗi tên đường dẫn tới thư mục phải là tên đường dẫn tuyệt đối, định giới " +"bằng dấu cách." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 +msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/" +msgstr "Thí dụ : /home/tài_khoản_tôi /etc/" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:" +msgstr "Khoảng (theo giây) giữa hai lần quét thư mục:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "" +"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified " +"files." +msgstr "" +"Trình BoxBackup quét đều đặn các thư mục đã chọn, tìm tập tin bị sửa đổi." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001 +msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds." +msgstr "Hãy chọn khoảng quét theo giây." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Thời gian tối thiểu (theo giây) cần đợi trước khi tải lên tập tin:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its " +"last modification." +msgstr "" +"Một tập tin sẽ được tải lên máy phục vụ chỉ sau một thời gian nào đó sau lần " +"cuối cùng sửa đổi nó." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001 +msgid "" +"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more " +"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier." +msgstr "" +"Giá trị khoảng thấp sẽ gây ra nhiều việc tải lên máy phục vụ hơn thì nhiều " +"bản sửa đổi được tạo hơn, và các bản sửa đổi bị gỡ bỏ trước." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:" +msgstr "Thời gian tối đa (theo giây) cần đợi trước khi tải lên tập tin:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never " +"reach the minimum wait time." +msgstr "" +"Tập tin thường bị sửa đổi thì sẽ không được tải lên nếu chưa tới thời gian " +"đợi tối thiểu." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001 +msgid "" +"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file " +"to the server is enforced." +msgstr "" +"Hãy nhập vào thời gian tối đa cần tới trước khi ép buộc việc tải lên máy " +"phục vụ tập tin bị sửa đổi." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +msgid "Invalid time entered" +msgstr "Bạn đã nhập một thời gian không hợp lệ." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a non null integer value." +msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null." +msgstr "Hãy nhập vào một giá trị số nguyên khác rỗng." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:" +msgstr "Người nhận thông báo cảnh giác:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during " +"the backup." +msgstr "" +"Ứng dụng khách BoxBackup gửi thông báo cảnh giác khi gặp lỗi trong khi sao " +"lưu." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001 +msgid "" +"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email " +"address (for example 'admin@example.org')." +msgstr "" +"Hãy nhập vào hoặc một tên người dùng cục bộ (v.d. « root »), hoặc một địa chỉ " +"thư điện tử (v.d. « admin@thí_dụ.org »)." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Tạo ra khoá riêng ứng dụng khách và yêu cầu chứng nhận X.509 không?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to authenticate itself with the server." +msgstr "" +"Ứng dụng khách BoxBackup cần thiết một khoá riêng kiểu RSA, và chứng nhận " +"X.509 tương ứng, để xác thực với máy phục vụ." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate " +"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it " +"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate." +msgstr "" +"Có thể tự động tạo ra cả hai. Bạn cần phải gửi yêu cầu chứng nhận cho quản " +"trị máy phục vụ BoxBackup, để họ ký nó và gửi về bạn cùng với chứng nhận Nhà " +"Cầm quyền Chứng nhận (CA) của máy phục vụ." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001 +msgid "" +"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The " +"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Những tập tin này nên được sao chép vào thư mục cấu hình của BoxBackup. Các " +"tên tập tin cần dùng được đưa ra trong tập tin cấu hình « /etc/boxbackup/" +"bbackupd.conf file »." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?" +msgstr "Có nên tự động cấu hình BoxBackup không?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the " +"BoxBackup server." +msgstr "" +"Các văn lệnh cấu hình gói có thể tạo những tập tin cấu hình cho trình phục " +"vụ BoxBackup." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's " +"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the " +"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts." +msgstr "" +"Bạn nên bật tùy chọn này nếu bạn chưa quen với các tùy chọn cấu hình của " +"BoxBackup. Bạn cũng có thể tự cấu hình bằng văn lệnh « raidfile-config » va « " +"bbstored-config »." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001 +msgid "" +"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading " +"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Chưa cấu hình nên trình phục vụ không khởi chạy. Trong mọi trường hợp, " +"khuyên bạn đọc tài liệu Đọc Đi « /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README." +"Debian »." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Location of the RAID directories:" +msgstr "Địa điểm của thư mục RAID:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories." +msgstr "Hãy chọn địa điểm cho ba thư mục RAID." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of " +"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/" +"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')." +msgstr "" +"Để hiệu lực khả năng RAID, những tên thư mục nên làm một danh sách định giới " +"bằng dấu cách chứa ba phân vùng, mỗi điều trên ổ đĩa cứng vật lý riêng (v.d. " +"« /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2 »)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory " +"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)." +msgstr "" +"Không muốn hiệu lực RAID thì chỉ xác định đường dẫn tới một thư mục trong đó " +"cần cất giữ các bản sao lưu (v.d. « /usr/local/lib/boxbackup »)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001 +msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist." +msgstr "Chưa tồn tại nên những thư mục này được tạo." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "Invalid path names" +msgstr "Tên đường dẫn không hợp lệ" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001 +msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" +msgstr "Thí dụ : /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:" +msgstr "Cỡ khối cho hệ thống RAID vùng người dùng:" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques." +msgstr "BoxBackup sử dụng kỹ thuật RAID kiểu vùng người dùng." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum " +#| "efficiency, you should choose the block size of the underlying file " +#| "system (which can be displayed with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgid "" +"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, " +"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be " +"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)." +msgstr "" +"Hãy chọn kích cỡ khối cần dùng cho sức chứa. Để hữu hiệu nhất, bạn nên chọn " +"kích cỡ khối của hệ thống tập tin bên dưới (hiển thị nó bằng lệnh « tune2fs -" +"l »)." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001 +msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID." +msgstr "Giá trị này nên được đặt thậm chí nếu bạn không định sử dụng RAID." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?" +msgstr "Tạo ra một khoá riêng máy phục vụ và yêu cầu chứng nhận X.509 không?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 " +"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication " +"encryption." +msgstr "" +"Trình phục vụ BoxBackup cần thiết một khoá riêng kiểu RSA, và chứng nhận " +"X.509 tương ứng, để thực hiện tiến trình xác thực giữa ứng dụng khách và " +"trình phục vụ, và để mật mã giao thông." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001 +msgid "" +"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate " +"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-utils package) and put this signed " +"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder." +msgstr "" +"Có thể tự động tạo ra cả hai. Bạn cần phải ký chứng nhận bằng Nhà Cầm quyền " +"Chứng nhận (CA) gốc (xem gói « boxbackup-utils ») và để chứng nhận đã ký này " +"và chứng nhận CA gốc vào thư mục cấu hình." + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "Invalid block size" +msgstr "Cỡ khối không hợp lệ" + +#. Type: error +#. Description +#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001 +msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)." +msgstr "Kích cỡ khối phải là hai lũy thừa (v.d. 1024 hay 4096)." diff --git a/debian/raidfile-config.8 b/debian/raidfile-config.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad3aba6f --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/raidfile-config.8 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- +.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps +.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection +.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) +.TH raidfile-config 8 "Apr 15, 2007" +.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. +.\" +.\" Some roff macros, for reference: +.\" .nh disable hyphenation +.\" .hy enable hyphenation +.\" .ad l left justify +.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins +.\" .nf disable filling +.\" .fi enable filling +.\" .br insert line break +.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines +.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) +.SH NAME +raidfile-config \- utility to configure the client daemon of the Box Backup system +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B raidfile-config +.RI "config-dir block-size dir0 [dir1 dir2]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +This manual page documents briefly the +.B raidfile-config +command. +This manual page was written for the Debian distribution +because the original program does not have a manual page. +.PP +\fbraidfile-config\fP can be used to manage the raidfile config of the +Box Backup system. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B config-dir +Location of the generated configuration. Generally /etc/boxbackup. +.TP +.B block-size +must be a power of two, and usually the block or fragment size of your +filing system. +.TP +.B dir0, dir1, dir2 +the directories used as the root of the raid file system. If only one +directory is specified, then userland RAID is disabled. Specifying three +directories enables it. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR bbackupd (8), +.BR bbackupctl (8), +.BR bbackupquery (8). +.br +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> +(with the help of the online documentation located at +http://bbdev.fluffy.co.uk/trac/wiki/) +for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). diff --git a/debian/rules b/debian/rules new file mode 100755 index 00000000..acba6cd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f + +# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. +#export DH_VERBOSE=1 + +# These are used for cross-compiling and for saving the configure script +# from having to guess our platform (since we know it already) +DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE) +DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) + +TMP:=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp + +ifneq (,$(findstring debug,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) + CFLAGS += -g +endif +ifeq (,$(findstring nostrip,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) + INSTALL_PROGRAM += -s +endif + +configure: configure-stamp +configure-stamp: + dh_testdir + ./configure $(DEB_EXTRA_CONFIG_FLAGS) LDFLAGS="-Wl,--as-needed" + touch configure-stamp + +build-stamp: configure-stamp + dh_testdir + $(MAKE) +ifeq (,$(findstring nocheck,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) + -./runtest.pl ALL +endif + touch build-stamp + +documentation/ExceptionCodes.xml: ExceptionCodes.txt + cd documentation && perl generate_except_xml.pl + +documentation/instguide.pdf: + cd documentation && docbook2pdf instguide.xml + +documentation/adminguide.pdf: documentation/ExceptionCodes.xml + cd documentation && docbook2pdf adminguide.xml + +# generated files for removal +GENERATED_FILES = ExceptionCodes.txt infrastructure/BoxPlatform.pm +GENERATED_FILES += lib/common/BoxConfig.h runtest.pl +GENERATED_FILES += infrastructure/makebuildenv.pl +GENERATED_FILES += infrastructure/makedistribution.pl +GENERATED_FILES += infrastructure/makeparcels.pl +GENERATED_FILES += lib/common/makeexception.pl +GENERATED_FILES += lib/common/BoxPortsAndFiles.h +GENERATED_FILES += lib/raidfile/raidfile-config +GENERATED_FILES += lib/server/makeprotocol.pl +GENERATED_FILES += test/backupstorefix/testfiles/testbackupstorefix.pl +GENERATED_FILES += test/bbackupd/testfiles/extcheck1.pl +GENERATED_FILES += test/bbackupd/testfiles/extcheck2.pl +GENERATED_FILES += test/bbackupd/testfiles/notifyscript.pl +GENERATED_FILES += test/bbackupd/testfiles/syncallowscript.pl +GENERATED_FILES += bin/bbackupd/bbackupd-config +GENERATED_FILES += bin/bbackupquery/makedocumentation.pl +GENERATED_FILES += bin/bbstored/bbstored-certs +GENERATED_FILES += bin/bbstored/bbstored-config +GENERATED_FILES += contrib/solaris/bbackupd-manifest.xml +GENERATED_FILES += contrib/solaris/bbackupd-smf-method +GENERATED_FILES += contrib/solaris/bbstored-manifest.xml +GENERATED_FILES += contrib/solaris/bbstored-smf-method +GENERATED_FILES += documentation/ExceptionCodes.xml +GENERATED_FILES += documentation/manpage.links +GENERATED_FILES += documentation/manpage.refs + + +build: build-stamp documentation/instguide.pdf documentation/adminguide.pdf + +clean: + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_clean build-stamp configure-stamp + + find . -name '*.o' | xargs --no-run-if-empty rm + find . -name '*.a' | xargs --no-run-if-empty rm + find . -name 'autogen_*' | xargs --no-run-if-empty rm + find . -name '_*' | xargs --no-run-if-empty rm + find . -name 'test-*.log' | xargs --no-run-if-empty rm + find . -name 'Makefile' | xargs --no-run-if-empty rm + rm -f config.log config.status + + # the test scripts do strange things here + # (directories without write permissions) + [ ! -d debug ] || chmod -R +rw debug/ + rm -fr release/ debug/ local/ parcels/ + + dh_clean config.log config.status + dh_clean documentation/instguide.pdf documentation/adminguide.pdf + [ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) distclean + [ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) clean + dh_clean $(GENERATED_FILES) + +install: DH_OPTIONS= +install: build + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_clean -k + dh_installdirs + + mkdir -p $(TMP)/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation + mkdir -p $(TMP)/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server + install -m 644 debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore $(TMP)/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation/boxbackup-server + install -m 644 debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore $(TMP)/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server/boxbackup-server + + dh_install + +binary-indep: +# no architecture independant packages are being built + +# Build architecture-dependent files here. +binary-arch: build install + dh_testdir -a + dh_testroot -a + dh_installdebconf -a + dh_installdocs -a -A ExceptionCodes.txt documentation/instguide.pdf documentation/adminguide.pdf + dh_installinit -a + dh_installcron -a + dh_installman + dh_installchangelogs -a + dh_strip -a + dh_compress -a + dh_fixperms -a + dh_installdeb -a + dh_shlibdeps -a + dh_gencontrol -a + dh_md5sums -a + dh_builddeb -a + +binary: binary-arch +.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install diff --git a/debian/watch b/debian/watch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ec27736 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/watch @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +version=3 +# release candidates are not on sf +# http://sf.net/boxbackup/ boxbackup-(.*)\.tgz +http://boxbackup.org/svn/box/packages/ boxbackup-(.*)\.tgz diff --git a/documentation/adminguide.xml b/documentation/adminguide.xml index d3552725..4a6180ad 100644 --- a/documentation/adminguide.xml +++ b/documentation/adminguide.xml @@ -286,6 +286,12 @@ local5.info /var/log/raidfile</programlisting> <para><emphasis role="bold">Note:</emphasis> Separators must be tabs, otherwise these entries will be ignored.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Note2:</emphasis> The packaged + debian and ubuntu versions of boxbackup do not log to local6, + but to the more standard 'daemon' facility. This means you + should not have anything to do to your syslog configuration, + since it is configured to be logged by default.</para> + <programlisting>touch /var/log/box touch /var/log/raidfile</programlisting> diff --git a/documentation/generate_except_xml.pl b/documentation/generate_except_xml.pl index 9046d5cf..914ef456 100644 --- a/documentation/generate_except_xml.pl +++ b/documentation/generate_except_xml.pl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/usr/bin/perl -w use strict; -open (EXCEPT, "<../../ExceptionCodes.txt") or die "Can't open ../../ExceptionCodes.txt: $!\n"; +open (EXCEPT, "<../ExceptionCodes.txt") or die "Can't open ../ExceptionCodes.txt: $!\n"; open (DOCBOOK, ">ExceptionCodes.xml") or die "Can't open Exceptioncodes.xml for writing: $!\n"; print DOCBOOK <<EOD; @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ print DOCBOOK "</appendix>\n"; close EXCEPT; close DOCBOOK; -
\ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/lib/backupclient/BackupClientFileAttributes.cpp b/lib/backupclient/BackupClientFileAttributes.cpp index 3ffeb189..c49da216 100644 --- a/lib/backupclient/BackupClientFileAttributes.cpp +++ b/lib/backupclient/BackupClientFileAttributes.cpp @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ #include <sys/xattr.h> #endif +#include <cstring> + #include "BackupClientFileAttributes.h" #include "CommonException.h" #include "FileModificationTime.h" diff --git a/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFile.h b/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFile.h index 3ee5ddb0..042c70a2 100644 --- a/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFile.h +++ b/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFile.h @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ #include "BackupStoreFilename.h" #include <memory> +#include <cstdlib> typedef struct { diff --git a/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFileDiff.cpp b/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFileDiff.cpp index f7842a0b..69698083 100644 --- a/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFileDiff.cpp +++ b/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFileDiff.cpp @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ #include "MemLeakFindOn.h" +#include <cstring> + using namespace BackupStoreFileCryptVar; using namespace BackupStoreFileCreation; diff --git a/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFileEncodeStream.cpp b/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFileEncodeStream.cpp index 423c11a3..978d3d23 100644 --- a/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFileEncodeStream.cpp +++ b/lib/backupclient/BackupStoreFileEncodeStream.cpp @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ #include "MemLeakFindOn.h" +#include <cstring> + using namespace BackupStoreFileCryptVar; diff --git a/lib/common/BoxPortsAndFiles.h.in b/lib/common/BoxPortsAndFiles.h.in index fcc0ddce..fd34a3bb 100644 --- a/lib/common/BoxPortsAndFiles.h.in +++ b/lib/common/BoxPortsAndFiles.h.in @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ #define BOX_GET_DEFAULT_BBSTORED_CONFIG_FILE \ GetDefaultConfigFilePath("bbstored.conf").c_str() #else -#define BOX_FILE_BBACKUPD_DEFAULT_CONFIG "@sysconfdir_expanded@/box/bbackupd.conf" -#define BOX_FILE_RAIDFILE_DEFAULT_CONFIG "@sysconfdir_expanded@/box/raidfile.conf" -#define BOX_FILE_BBSTORED_DEFAULT_CONFIG "@sysconfdir_expanded@/box/bbstored.conf" +#define BOX_FILE_BBACKUPD_DEFAULT_CONFIG "@sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf" +#define BOX_FILE_RAIDFILE_DEFAULT_CONFIG "@sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup/raidfile.conf" +#define BOX_FILE_BBSTORED_DEFAULT_CONFIG "@sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup/bbstored.conf" #endif #endif // BOXPORTSANDFILES__H diff --git a/lib/common/Configuration.cpp b/lib/common/Configuration.cpp index 4d76e0e0..a8199dfc 100644 --- a/lib/common/Configuration.cpp +++ b/lib/common/Configuration.cpp @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ #include "MemLeakFindOn.h" +#include <cstring> + // utility whitespace function inline bool iw(int c) { diff --git a/lib/common/DebugMemLeakFinder.cpp b/lib/common/DebugMemLeakFinder.cpp index 87cdf00d..443a2976 100644 --- a/lib/common/DebugMemLeakFinder.cpp +++ b/lib/common/DebugMemLeakFinder.cpp @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ #include <stdio.h> #include <string.h> #include <set> +#include <cstdlib> // for std::atexit #include "MemLeakFinder.h" @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ void *memleakfinder_malloc(size_t size, const char *file, int line) { InternalAllocGuard guard; - void *b = ::malloc(size); + void *b = std::malloc(size); if(!memleakfinder_global_enable) return b; if(!memleakfinder_initialised) return b; @@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ void *memleakfinder_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) if(!memleakfinder_global_enable || !memleakfinder_initialised) { - return ::realloc(ptr, size); + return std::realloc(ptr, size); } // Check it's been allocated @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ void *memleakfinder_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) TRACE1("Block %x realloc(), but not in list. Error? Or allocated in startup static objects?\n", ptr); } - void *b = ::realloc(ptr, size); + void *b = std::realloc(ptr, size); if(ptr && i!=sMallocBlocks.end()) { @@ -204,7 +205,7 @@ void memleakfinder_free(void *ptr) } //TRACE1("free(), %08x\n", ptr); - ::free(ptr); + std::free(ptr); } @@ -394,7 +395,7 @@ void memleakfinder_setup_exit_report(const char *filename, const char *markertex ::strcpy(atexit_markertext, markertext); if(!atexit_registered) { - atexit(memleakfinder_atexit); + std::atexit(memleakfinder_atexit); atexit_registered = true; } } @@ -458,7 +459,7 @@ static void *internal_new(size_t size, const char *file, int line) { InternalAllocGuard guard; - r = ::malloc(size); + r = std::malloc(size); } if (sInternalAllocDepth == 0) @@ -501,7 +502,7 @@ void internal_delete(void *ptr) { InternalAllocGuard guard; - ::free(ptr); + std::free(ptr); remove_object_block(ptr); //TRACE1("delete[]() called, %08x\n", ptr); } diff --git a/lib/common/Logging.cpp b/lib/common/Logging.cpp index 2b81b52b..87a25399 100644 --- a/lib/common/Logging.cpp +++ b/lib/common/Logging.cpp @@ -11,6 +11,10 @@ #include <errno.h> #include <time.h> +#include <string.h> // for stderror + +// c.f. http://bugs.debian.org/512510 +#include <cstdio> #ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG_H #include <syslog.h> @@ -332,7 +336,7 @@ bool Syslog::Log(Log::Level level, const std::string& rFile, Syslog::Syslog() { - ::openlog("Box Backup", LOG_PID, LOG_LOCAL6); + ::openlog("Box Backup", LOG_PID, LOG_DAEMON); } Syslog::~Syslog() @@ -344,5 +348,5 @@ void Syslog::SetProgramName(const std::string& rProgramName) { mName = rProgramName; ::closelog(); - ::openlog(mName.c_str(), LOG_PID, LOG_LOCAL6); + ::openlog(mName.c_str(), LOG_PID, LOG_DAEMON); } diff --git a/lib/common/MemLeakFinder.h b/lib/common/MemLeakFinder.h index 450d42f8..ca207bd5 100644 --- a/lib/common/MemLeakFinder.h +++ b/lib/common/MemLeakFinder.h @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ #ifdef MEMLEAKFINDER_FULL_MALLOC_MONITORING // include stdlib now, to avoid problems with having the macros defined already - #include <stdlib.h> + #include <cstdlib> #endif // global enable flag diff --git a/lib/common/StreamableMemBlock.cpp b/lib/common/StreamableMemBlock.cpp index 7700152d..cf431022 100644 --- a/lib/common/StreamableMemBlock.cpp +++ b/lib/common/StreamableMemBlock.cpp @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ #include "Box.h" #include <new> -#include <stdlib.h> +#include <cstdlib> #include <string.h> #include "StreamableMemBlock.h" diff --git a/lib/common/Test.h b/lib/common/Test.h index 49b0ac66..6b142c8c 100644 --- a/lib/common/Test.h +++ b/lib/common/Test.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include <unistd.h> #endif -#include <string> +#include <cstring> #ifdef WIN32 #define BBACKUPCTL "..\\..\\bin\\bbackupctl\\bbackupctl.exe" diff --git a/lib/common/Timer.cpp b/lib/common/Timer.cpp index 16133ecc..236f1a1b 100644 --- a/lib/common/Timer.cpp +++ b/lib/common/Timer.cpp @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ #include "Box.h" #include <signal.h> +#include <string.h> #include "Timer.h" #include "Logging.h" diff --git a/lib/common/WaitForEvent.h b/lib/common/WaitForEvent.h index 52a073e9..1915f0bc 100644 --- a/lib/common/WaitForEvent.h +++ b/lib/common/WaitForEvent.h @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ #endif #endif +#include <cstdlib> + #include "CommonException.h" #include "MemLeakFindOn.h" diff --git a/lib/raidfile/RaidFileController.h b/lib/raidfile/RaidFileController.h index 783cb055..216bdf3a 100644 --- a/lib/raidfile/RaidFileController.h +++ b/lib/raidfile/RaidFileController.h @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: public: void Initialise(const std::string& rConfigFilename = - "/etc/box/raidfile.conf"); + "/etc/boxbackup/raidfile.conf"); int GetNumDiscSets() {return mSetList.size();} // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/lib/raidfile/RaidFileRead.h b/lib/raidfile/RaidFileRead.h index 93bf7388..8a04409d 100644 --- a/lib/raidfile/RaidFileRead.h +++ b/lib/raidfile/RaidFileRead.h @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ #ifndef RAIDFILEREAD__H #define RAIDFILEREAD__H -#include <string> +#include <cstring> +#include <cstdlib> #include <memory> #include <vector> diff --git a/lib/raidfile/raidfile-config.in b/lib/raidfile/raidfile-config.in index 76b65ace..b8ea73a5 100755 --- a/lib/raidfile/raidfile-config.in +++ b/lib/raidfile/raidfile-config.in @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Usage: raidfile-config config-dir block-size dir0 [dir1 dir2] Parameters: - config-dir is usually @sysconfdir_expanded@/box + config-dir is usually @sysconfdir_expanded@/boxbackup block-size must be a power of two, and usually the block or fragment size of your file system dir0, dir1, dir2 are the directories used as the root of the raid diff --git a/lib/win32/emu.h b/lib/win32/emu.h index 8ab74130..ceed9657 100644 --- a/lib/win32/emu.h +++ b/lib/win32/emu.h @@ -253,8 +253,7 @@ HANDLE openfile(const char *filename, int flags, int mode); #define LOG_ERR 3 #define LOG_CRIT LOG_ERR #define LOG_PID 0 -#define LOG_LOCAL5 0 -#define LOG_LOCAL6 0 +#define LOG_DAEMON 0 void openlog (const char * daemonName, int, int); void closelog(void); |